From a39a40349ef8fc92216dcbb0dcfa1fe425be1795 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:40:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 00ce198db9..d751dbc8a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ ACT 7 60 hi24 figs-idiom ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an i ACT 7 60 dfjs figs-imperative μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hold this sin against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-doublenegatives μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold … against**. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep Luke is describing the death of Stephen when he says **he fell asleep**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he passed away” or, as in UST, “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.

The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “And on that day.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Receiving the Holy Spirit

In this chapter Luke speaks for the first time of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.

### Proclaimed

This chapter, more than any other in the book of Acts, speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something. +ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story here shifts from Stephen to Saul.\n\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.\n\nThe first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “And on that day.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Receiving the Holy Spirit\n\nIn this chapter Luke speaks for the first time of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.\n\n### Proclaimed\n\nThis chapter, more than any other in the book of Acts, speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something. ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ 1 there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem, and they all were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand why Saul was persecuting the church, as he relates in [8:3](../08/03.md) and in chapter 9. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Saul approved of the Sanhedrin executing Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) ACT 8 1 i1tc writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story, the scattering of the church and its witness beyond Jerusalem. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And so began that day a great persecution against the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 8 1 vc8x figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day Here, **day** is not a figurative word for “time.” Luke is referring to a specific day, the day on which Stephen was killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day Stephen was killed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -3353,4 +3353,4 @@ ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦ ACT 28 28 e8hb figs-activepassive τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται 1 they also will listen This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time refused to listen to God. Alternate translation: “some of them also will listen” ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 30-31, Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) \ No newline at end of file +ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From db77290fa260e319d0ffa390146079dad78aab84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:42:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d751dbc8a0..20025e81f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 1 yt9e ὁ…Σαῦλος 1 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to **Saul** and his salvation. -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Way”

No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.

### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”

The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### What Saul saw when he met Jesus

It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 46f4da8f657886965e79753a70f7659c65d0bbcd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:42:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 20025e81f0..f13e571aa0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1344,8 +1344,7 @@ ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 1 yt9e ὁ…Σαῦλος 1 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to **Saul** and his salvation. -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f38388ff24e67c9eaddfeb0a1b19eb2370e933f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:45:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f13e571aa0..faa57c6a52 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word ** ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.
- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him
- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses
- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law
- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave
- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built
- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build
- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members
- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.

A note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.

It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Stephen said”

Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.

### “Full of the Holy Spirit”

The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.

### Foreshadowing

When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Implied information

Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Metonymy

Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Important textual issues in this chapter

### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)

In [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Background knowledge

The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes. +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n\n### Reference of "our"\n\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. ACT 7 1 hy9r figs-explicit ὁ ἀρχιερεύς 1 Connecting Statement: Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 2 abc7 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 7 2 zbq0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 37c1cac132a09f51a1e8877a9bd3121cc02e87ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:46:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index faa57c6a52..1cda386463 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word ** ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n\n### Reference of "our"\n\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of "our"\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. ACT 7 1 hy9r figs-explicit ὁ ἀρχιερεύς 1 Connecting Statement: Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 2 abc7 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 7 2 zbq0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 2694f62ce20c1b9ac157675059022fec8655a09e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:46:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1cda386463..9dcfc0a648 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word ** ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of "our"\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of "our" and "you"\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. ACT 7 1 hy9r figs-explicit ὁ ἀρχιερεύς 1 Connecting Statement: Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 2 abc7 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 7 2 zbq0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From ca31bb63020a7820026bceec08cda660f35fc370 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:47:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9dcfc0a648..3488711693 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing ACT 9 2 wyfp writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…εὕρῃ…ἀγάγῃ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the high priest and both instances of the pronoun **he** refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 to the synagogues Luke is using the terms **Damascus** and **synagogues** figuratively by association to mean the people, probably the leaders, of the synagogues in Damascus. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues of Damascus” or “to the leaders of the synagogues in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 lvzt translate-names Damascus 1 **Damascus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 2 thuy translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 2 thuy translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 As the General Notes to this chapter explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 having bound them, he might bring them to Jerusalem The implication is that Saul wanted to bring believers in Jesus to Jerusalem for trial and punishment by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem so that the Jewish leaders there could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 3 jf4g figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 as he was traveling Luke means implicitly that the high priest gave Saul the letters he asked for and that Saul then left Jerusalem to go to Damascus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as he was traveling to Damascus with letters that the high priest gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses the phrase **it happened that** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From a50e87a057d8e7a2c0134304bac7410ea1546cf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:49:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3488711693..eb750c189b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1349,6 +1349,7 @@ ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word tr ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 wyfp writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…εὕρῃ…ἀγάγῃ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the high priest and both instances of the pronoun **he** refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 9 2 zu6j translate-unknown ἐπιστολὰς  1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of what these **letters** were and to help you decide what word in your language to use for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 to the synagogues Luke is using the terms **Damascus** and **synagogues** figuratively by association to mean the people, probably the leaders, of the synagogues in Damascus. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues of Damascus” or “to the leaders of the synagogues in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 lvzt translate-names Damascus 1 **Damascus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 2 thuy translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 As the General Notes to this chapter explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From a978a9220e9f60cf20ab440233db3cb017944de7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:50:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index eb750c189b..466d7a4bb4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word tr ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 wyfp writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ…εὕρῃ…ἀγάγῃ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the high priest and both instances of the pronoun **he** refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 9 2 zu6j translate-unknown ἐπιστολὰς  1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of what these **letters** were and to help you decide what word in your language to use for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 9 2 zu6j translate-unknown ἐπιστολὰς  1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of what these **letters** were. This may help you decide what word in your language to use for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 to the synagogues Luke is using the terms **Damascus** and **synagogues** figuratively by association to mean the people, probably the leaders, of the synagogues in Damascus. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues of Damascus” or “to the leaders of the synagogues in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 lvzt translate-names Damascus 1 **Damascus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 2 thuy translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 As the General Notes to this chapter explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From a0dbdf7374a8261a9caf0f051d471874326fc458 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:51:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 466d7a4bb4..b984a3436d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ ACT 9 3 jf4g figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 as he was travel ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses the phrase **it happened that** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone on him a light from heaven Alternate translation: “a light from heaven shone all around him” ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven This could mean: (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. -ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground This could mean: (1) “Saul threw himself to the ground” or (2) “The light caused him to fall to the ground” or (3) “Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell.” Saul did not fall accidentally. +ACT 9 4 y4u4 figs-explicit πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as either a statement or as a command. Alternate translation: “You are persecuting me!” or “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the **Lord**. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. From c0a3ed89c1b2a097d2b2d0ef935cbad2e43df338 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:51:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b984a3436d..045dae5279 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses the p ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone on him a light from heaven Alternate translation: “a light from heaven shone all around him” ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven This could mean: (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. ACT 9 4 y4u4 figs-explicit πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as either a statement or as a command. Alternate translation: “You are persecuting me!” or “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me.” or “stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the **Lord**. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. ACT 9 5 abc0 ὁ 1 he Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “he replied” From 722e61b416094a70c632ba29a070e0c5cd4cde99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:53:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 045dae5279..dba70a67ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1360,9 +1360,9 @@ ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐ ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven This could mean: (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. ACT 9 4 y4u4 figs-explicit πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me.” or “stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet acknowledging that Jesus is **Lord**. He uses that title because he recognizes that he is speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” +ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. -ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the **Lord**. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. -ACT 9 5 abc0 ὁ 1 he Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “he replied” ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 get up and enter into the city Alternate translation: “get up and go into Damascus” ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Alternate translation: “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” From 92118ff9aa4e869493b290ef89c70a3cf99a84b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:53:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index dba70a67ac..6a6926ea92 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1363,8 +1363,7 @@ ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet acknowledging that Jesus is **Lord**. He uses that title because he recognizes that he is speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. -ACT 9 6 i1kj ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 get up and enter into the city Alternate translation: “get up and go into Damascus” -ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Alternate translation: “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one Apparently only Saul experienced the light. Alternate translation: “but saw no one” ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened This implies that he had closed his **eyes** because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 37cbd2708e8847d505909cace8fb4bbdf81bf346 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 18:56:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6a6926ea92..021b74d572 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1364,8 +1364,7 @@ ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet ack ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Alternate translation: “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” -ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one Apparently only Saul experienced the light. Alternate translation: “but saw no one” +ACT 9 7 xu7c figs-nominaladj οἱ…ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Luke is using the participle **traveling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened This implies that he had closed his **eyes** because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he was seeing nothing Saul was blind. Alternate translation: “he could not see anything” ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he was blind for three days” or “he could not see anything for three days” From 92a925a0839135a51f250b81ae36bc89f4137fbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:38:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 021b74d572..5004ee1495 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he* ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 7 xu7c figs-nominaladj οἱ…ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Luke is using the participle **traveling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened This implies that he had closed his **eyes** because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “when he opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he was seeing nothing Saul was blind. Alternate translation: “he could not see anything” ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he was blind for three days” or “he could not see anything for three days” ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. From 3fac41ce0ea806c7bb2b026a9f7a6d09bc06d166 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:39:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5004ee1495..d478bb7399 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are sin ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 7 xu7c figs-nominaladj οἱ…ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Luke is using the participle **traveling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “when he opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he was seeing nothing Saul was blind. Alternate translation: “he could not see anything” +ACT 9 8 dgg8 writing-pronouns εἰσήγαγον 1 he was seeing nothing The pronoun **they** stands for the men who were traveling with Saul, as described in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he was blind for three days” or “he could not see anything for three days” ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named **Ananias**. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From a765d330635fbf69f2932fd229280c2385eaa864 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:40:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d478bb7399..f25dc2b0b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1367,8 +1367,8 @@ ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told ACT 9 7 xu7c figs-nominaladj οἱ…ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Luke is using the participle **traveling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “when he opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 8 dgg8 writing-pronouns εἰσήγαγον 1 he was seeing nothing The pronoun **they** stands for the men who were traveling with Saul, as described in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he was blind for three days” or “he could not see anything for three days” -ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. +ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he remained blinded for three days” +ACT 9 9 t8uc figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank This could mean: that Saul chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship. [9:11](../09/11.md) says that Saul was praying at this time, and he may have been fasting along with his prayers. Alternate translation: “he fasted from food and drink” (2) that Saul had no appetite or thirst because he was too distressed from his situation. Alternate translation: “he was too distressed to eat or drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named **Ananias**. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said Alternate translation: “Ananias said” From a471d5a20524926bdf92d34b81448aa97d18c080 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:41:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f25dc2b0b7..9654a73285 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1369,8 +1369,8 @@ ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ACT 9 8 dgg8 writing-pronouns εἰσήγαγον 1 he was seeing nothing The pronoun **they** stands for the men who were traveling with Saul, as described in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he remained blinded for three days” ACT 9 9 t8uc figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank This could mean: that Saul chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship. [9:11](../09/11.md) says that Saul was praying at this time, and he may have been fasting along with his prayers. Alternate translation: “he fasted from food and drink” (2) that Saul had no appetite or thirst because he was too distressed from his situation. Alternate translation: “he was too distressed to eat or drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας 1 Now there was Luke uses this sentence to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named **Ananias**. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said Alternate translation: “Ananias said” ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street” ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. From 85ca923bea17c48be098c8fd8cadd0261e4fd627 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:42:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9654a73285..1acfc58f3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1370,7 +1370,8 @@ ACT 9 8 dgg8 writing-pronouns εἰσήγαγον 1 he was seeing nothing The pr ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he remained blinded for three days” ACT 9 9 t8uc figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank This could mean: that Saul chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship. [9:11](../09/11.md) says that Saul was praying at this time, and he may have been fasting along with his prayers. Alternate translation: “he fasted from food and drink” (2) that Saul had no appetite or thirst because he was too distressed from his situation. Alternate translation: “he was too distressed to eat or drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας 1 Now there was Luke uses this sentence to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named **Ananias**. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 **Ananias** is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias whom Luke described in [5:1](../05/01.md) (that man died), but you may translate the name here the same way you did there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15](../09/15.md), **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said Alternate translation: “Ananias said” ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street” ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. From fdc6db0c6f160a62f5e28c217300d54344858b97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:43:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1acfc58f3e..1117b51900 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ ACT 9 9 t8uc figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neithe ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας 1 Now there was Luke uses this sentence to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 **Ananias** is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias whom Luke described in [5:1](../05/01.md) (that man died), but you may translate the name here the same way you did there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15](../09/15.md), **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” -ACT 9 10 vl8k ὁ…εἶπεν 3 he said Alternate translation: “Ananias said” +ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street” ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” From 0b68578461938c9a2ed844b9b44ad946e561e872 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:43:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1117b51900..7fbe8f5036 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1373,6 +1373,7 @@ ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δα ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 **Ananias** is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias whom Luke described in [5:1](../05/01.md) (that man died), but you may translate the name here the same way you did there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15](../09/15.md), **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street” ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” From bee85b444a56735292c72f997e7e5ff6c99f9659 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:44:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7fbe8f5036..2e7930c76f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 **Ananias** is the name of a ma ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15](../09/15.md), **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 11 mn24 πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Alternate translation: “go to Straight Street” +ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From f17a6d3f698343b213529ca67769881b24a1f6d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:45:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2e7930c76f..53bb267bef 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1375,6 +1375,7 @@ ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15]( ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the street that people call Straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 0b21ac0c159b21735607fc9c1bc0f0d5493213cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:46:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 53bb267bef..8e424d731e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1376,6 +1376,7 @@ ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the street that people call Straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From e4d3e2eed83be49183f001325c532d762950253d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:46:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8e424d731e..d685b74d4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is sayi ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the street that people call Straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 11 ie1l οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas This **Judas** is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. +ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again Alternate translation: “he might regain his ability to see” From 04f7904796ad6088ac8ef258b5190068ef49ce69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:47:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d685b74d4e..33592f7b1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 If your language does not use the passive form **called**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the street that people call Straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 11 u5j8 Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus Alternate translation: “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” +ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus **Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again Alternate translation: “he might regain his ability to see” ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 to your saints Here, **saints** refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” From 463006dee285e96eef00cdcbe29405dabd6cdfcd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:48:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 33592f7b1e..326a0f7569 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1379,6 +1379,7 @@ ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένη ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus **Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 The Lord says **behold** to get Ananias to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully: He is praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again Alternate translation: “he might regain his ability to see” ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 to your saints Here, **saints** refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” From 54c8a129fb3ecca7a0bbd827da10eb68479c5255 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:50:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 326a0f7569..6bef267302 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1379,10 +1379,10 @@ ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένη ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus **Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 The Lord says **behold** to get Ananias to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully: He is praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 12 nx5q ἀναβλέψῃ 1 he might see again Alternate translation: “he might regain his ability to see” -ACT 9 13 la9t ἁγίοις σου 1 to your saints Here, **saints** refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” +ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority … to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and **authority** granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8faf5f23ea3915eaabc27a73edebf37ddbdfbd04 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:52:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6bef267302..5a19089eda 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1381,8 +1381,9 @@ ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus **Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  +ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority … to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and **authority** granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 54ed13f2fb6fc51fc1136e059c39029be616f815 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:52:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5a19089eda..ecbb5f4309 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ ACT 9 11 kopv figs-activepassive τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένη ACT 9 11 pyr2 translate-names τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν  1 **Straight** is the name of a street. Alternate translation: “Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 ie1l Ἰούδα 1 the house of Judas **Judas** it the name of a man. This is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus (that man died); this Judas was the owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. But you may translate the name here the same way you did in [1:13](../01/13.md), [1:16](../01/16.md), and [5:37](../05/37.md) for the disciple and two other men with the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man named Saul, from Tarsus **Tarsus** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “a man named Saul from the city of Tarsus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 The Lord says **behold** to get Ananias to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully: He is praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From f021aa8df3c5df44170dfccf1d6e7027df6deeee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:53:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ecbb5f4309..557d342537 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 l ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-explicit ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας 1 he has authority … to bind all It is implied that the extent of the power and **authority** granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1d614daf95f13ab340349fe055d38dae4c3eb10a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 29 Jun 2022 20:54:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 557d342537..9a6513d100 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1385,6 +1385,7 @@ ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the a ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From faa66e9ad3d458b91f10aca9eded484158543972 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:17:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9a6513d100..444c567582 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1386,6 +1386,7 @@ ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does no ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9a9acb093fbb363781c4f60e89e0e59f256faa9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:18:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 444c567582..f62ee57a8d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 t ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **your name** refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the people who call on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68171e87502c2f1d2e7c2236fbf805be01d5e465 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:18:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f62ee57a8d..dc326237df 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1388,6 +1388,7 @@ ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the people who call on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the people who worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9d6e4802954e0959207c7dfe9982a162b9aec489 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:19:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index dc326237df..cd78ecb633 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the people who call on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the people who worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-metonymy σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine Here, **chosen instrument** refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 47a52bf334a0a47fcae2c6f590d4fcd956fee391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:20:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cd78ecb633..be9f288e88 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1390,6 +1390,7 @@ ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄ ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the people who call on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the people who worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 22e260df47af088a1a30f6986bbd3cccbea3ebf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:21:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index be9f288e88..f5b2a2c520 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1391,6 +1391,7 @@ ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄν ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the people who worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From acc848981d4b18527107c9507ea1b4d34500a438 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:22:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f5b2a2c520..2af45bc88d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομ ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name The Lord says figuratively that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. From 0a40f81422f746173228bc40e1fd77ae2cbc3c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:23:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2af45bc88d..998c5ab4d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1393,6 +1393,7 @@ ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name The Lord says figuratively that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  1 Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. From af4d54b987703aa1880fa48547aabe16fb7ad95b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:24:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 998c5ab4d9..6b15aec1b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1394,6 +1394,7 @@ ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name The Lord says figuratively that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  1 Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. From ab309c437831b1f38b690767f857fc914195ebee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:26:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6b15aec1b5..0ff4ac68f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1395,6 +1395,7 @@ ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lor ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name The Lord says figuratively that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  1 Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. From ba52a7c7613793058fa04272db2ee62c2b421dd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:26:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0ff4ac68f5..f2b67ceee1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  1 Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it” From c3d1a68341519e0fac18948a780c2862f1d91247 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:27:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f2b67ceee1..c09c326e37 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1397,10 +1397,9 @@ ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. -ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it” +ACT 9 17 s8ms figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. UST models one way to express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From aafd55a7cec3b392813bdc3e252cb5b56819827b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:28:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c09c326e37..607d379ade 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 s8ms figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. UST models one way to express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him When Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul, this was a symbolic way of giving him a blessing. See the explanation at [9:2](../01/32.md) and see how you translated the same expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” From be0fdd751fa531b376b0032a98865b55776d8ad2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:28:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 607d379ade..208cb1007e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using th ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 17 s8ms figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. UST models one way to express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him When Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul, this was a symbolic way of giving him a blessing. See the explanation at [9:2](../01/32.md) and see how you translated the same expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All occurrences of the word **you** here are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All of the occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1da1aada2ba2c45b8517840a241f7345ed4d9d99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:29:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 208cb1007e..038cec83ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1400,6 +1400,7 @@ ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my ACT 9 17 s8ms figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 And Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that **Ananias** went to **the house** before he **entered into** it. UST models one way to express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him When Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul, this was a symbolic way of giving him a blessing. See the explanation at [9:2](../01/32.md) and see how you translated the same expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All of the occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ACT 9 17 cah9 figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ  1 **Brother** is a figurative title that Ananias is using for **Saul**. The two men are not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias is already addressing Saul as someone who shares the same faith. See how you translated “brother” with this meaning in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my kinsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 423fdb7d34181454f673a235bf0bbd5af6e713b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:30:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 038cec83ec..8a684bf226 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1401,6 +1401,7 @@ ACT 9 17 s8ms figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰ ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 having laid his hands on him When Ananias **laid his hands** on Saul, this was a symbolic way of giving him a blessing. See the explanation at [9:2](../01/32.md) and see how you translated the same expression there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All of the occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 9 17 cah9 figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ  1 **Brother** is a figurative title that Ananias is using for **Saul**. The two men are not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias is already addressing Saul as someone who shares the same faith. See how you translated “brother” with this meaning in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my kinsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 17 cxu4 figs-nominaladj ὁ ὀφθείς σοι  1 Ananias is using the participle **having appeared**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to mean a person, Jesus. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “who appeared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 001c44a5201580a07148b174d4f132aa2740fd95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:31:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8a684bf226..b515d5beb6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1402,6 +1402,7 @@ ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All of the occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 9 17 cah9 figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ  1 **Brother** is a figurative title that Ananias is using for **Saul**. The two men are not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias is already addressing Saul as someone who shares the same faith. See how you translated “brother” with this meaning in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my kinsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 17 cxu4 figs-nominaladj ὁ ὀφθείς σοι  1 Ananias is using the participle **having appeared**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to mean a person, Jesus. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “who appeared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 9 17 ptg0 figs-go ᾗ ἤρχου  1 Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in a context such as this. Use whichever word is more natural. Alternate translation: “by which you were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 900c01127772c8263d6049a0f2b21e469f15ac40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:31:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b515d5beb6..a97ed40458 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you σοι…ἤρχου…ἀναβλέψῃς 1 All of the ACT 9 17 cah9 figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ  1 **Brother** is a figurative title that Ananias is using for **Saul**. The two men are not actual brothers. This could mean: (1) that Ananias is already addressing Saul as someone who shares the same faith. See how you translated “brother” with this meaning in [1:15](../01/15.md) and [6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “Saul, my fellow believer” (2) that Ananias is addressing Saul as a fellow Israelite, as the word is used in [3:17](../03/17.md) and many other places in this book. Alternate translation: “Saul, my kinsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 17 cxu4 figs-nominaladj ὁ ὀφθείς σοι  1 Ananias is using the participle **having appeared**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to mean a person, Jesus. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “who appeared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 17 ptg0 figs-go ᾗ ἤρχου  1 Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in a context such as this. Use whichever word is more natural. Alternate translation: “by which you were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use the passive form **filled**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 20 rc49 ἐκήρυσσεν…οὗτός 1 Here, **he** refers to Saul, and **this one** refers to Jesus, the Son of God. From 25b659d86e4b4f7b85ab9c262b918009bf77dc3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 12:32:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a97ed40458..ff26cd03a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1404,6 +1404,7 @@ ACT 9 17 cah9 figs-metaphor Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ  1 **Brother** is a fig ACT 9 17 cxu4 figs-nominaladj ὁ ὀφθείς σοι  1 Ananias is using the participle **having appeared**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to mean a person, Jesus. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “who appeared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 17 ptg0 figs-go ᾗ ἤρχου  1 Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in a context such as this. Use whichever word is more natural. Alternate translation: “by which you were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use the passive form **filled**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 17 x4ey figs-metaphor πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου   1 Ananias is speaking figuratively as if Saul were a container that the Holy Spirit could fill. Alternate translation: “receive the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 20 rc49 ἐκήρυσσεν…οὗτός 1 Here, **he** refers to Saul, and **this one** refers to Jesus, the Son of God. From ae69e8a658f4f67a3163936fb1de8a2d248f10e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 13:01:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ff26cd03a2..83cbd02d33 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1405,8 +1405,8 @@ ACT 9 17 cxu4 figs-nominaladj ὁ ὀφθείς σοι  1 Ananias is using the ACT 9 17 ptg0 figs-go ᾗ ἤρχου  1 Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in a context such as this. Use whichever word is more natural. Alternate translation: “by which you were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit If your language does not use the passive form **filled**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 17 x4ey figs-metaphor πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου   1 Ananias is speaking figuratively as if Saul were a container that the Holy Spirit could fill. Alternate translation: “receive the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell Alternate translation: “something that appeared like fish scales fell” -ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 18 m1hx translate-unknown λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell It may be helpful to your readers if you use something they would recognize that has scales to describe the **scales** that fell from Saul’s eyes. Alternate translation: “fish scales” or “lizard scales” or “snake scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 20 rc49 ἐκήρυσσεν…οὗτός 1 Here, **he** refers to Saul, and **this one** refers to Jesus, the Son of God. ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing The word **all**is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From d863a5d60fe66c6db6cee79c75082aaf14d14bda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 13:02:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 83cbd02d33..9f4de7f686 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1407,6 +1407,7 @@ ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησ ACT 9 17 x4ey figs-metaphor πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου   1 Ananias is speaking figuratively as if Saul were a container that the Holy Spirit could fill. Alternate translation: “receive the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 18 m1hx translate-unknown λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell It may be helpful to your readers if you use something they would recognize that has scales to describe the **scales** that fell from Saul’s eyes. Alternate translation: “fish scales” or “lizard scales” or “snake scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 19 rxfi figs-activepassive ἐνισχύθη  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he felt stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 20 rc49 ἐκήρυσσεν…οὗτός 1 Here, **he** refers to Saul, and **this one** refers to Jesus, the Son of God. ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing The word **all**is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From cbe5db4ce769006d0634edf3e22998eea93c7cb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2022 13:03:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9f4de7f686..c2e15e20e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ ACT 9 17 x4ey figs-metaphor πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου   1 ACT 9 18 m1hx translate-unknown λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell It may be helpful to your readers if you use something they would recognize that has scales to describe the **scales** that fell from Saul’s eyes. Alternate translation: “fish scales” or “lizard scales” or “snake scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 19 rxfi figs-activepassive ἐνισχύθη  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he felt stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 20 rc49 ἐκήρυσσεν…οὗτός 1 Here, **he** refers to Saul, and **this one** refers to Jesus, the Son of God. +ACT 9 20 rc49 writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The personal pronoun **he** refers to Saul, and the demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul proclaimed that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing The word **all**is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c211e1fb73b6ce25dc359a8191c9844ef20a0c40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:29:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c2e15e20e0..7196d38390 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ ACT 8 39 xp52 grammar-connect-time-sequential γὰρ 1 the eunuch did not see h ACT 8 40 r1x7 figs-explicit Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip was found at Azotus The implication is that there was no indication of Philip traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus. Alternate translation: “Philip suddenly reappeared at Azotus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Philip reappeared at Azotus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” -ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 1c90fb91d37236f5efaadc2e7bc1b897c1026d74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:32:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7196d38390..94a12d6a84 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1257,6 +1257,7 @@ ACT 8 15 hk1m figs-idiom καταβάντες 1 having come down Luke speaks of ACT 8 15 bun9 figs-go καταβάντες 1 prayed for them Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 8 16 d2z9 figs-metaphor οὐδέπω…ἦν ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός 1 Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on the Samaritan believers. Alternate translation: “none of them had yet received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 8 16 l4ez grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why Peter and John had to pray for the Samaritans to receive the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “They prayed for them because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 8 16 qmjp figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω…ἦν ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός  1 In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “he had not yet fallen upon none of them.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 8 16 bpzz writing-pronouns οὐδέπω…ἦν…ἐπιπεπτωκός 1 The pronoun **he** stands for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had not yet fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here, **the name of the Lord Jesus** represents his authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If you must state who did the action, the context suggests it was Philip. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized them” or “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6cf164f72832ebc121b3bdd3f4e2c1554f0a5b15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:35:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 94a12d6a84..70f81c6563 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1308,7 +1308,6 @@ ACT 8 28 d3kv translate-unknown τοῦ ἅρματος 1 chariot Here and in [8 ACT 8 28 bx2j figs-metonymy ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν 1 was reading the prophet Isaiah Luke is using the phrase **the prophet Isaiah** figuratively to mean the prophecies that Isaiah spoke and recorded. Alternate translation: “he was reading from the book of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 28 n40c figs-explicit ἀνεγίνωσκεν 1 Since Philip was able to hear what the man was reading, as [8:30](../08/30.md) explains, the implication is that the man was reading aloud. Alternate translation: “he was reading aloud from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 be joined to this chariot The Spirit means figuratively that Philip is to stay close to the person riding in the **chariot**. Alternate translation: “Go over to that chariot so you can be near the man in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 29 soil figs-activepassive κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “join yourself to this chariot” or “keep pace with this chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 8 30 ffh7 figs-metonymy ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 1 reading Isaiah the prophet Luke is using the phrase **Isaiah the prophet** figuratively to mean the prophecies that Isaiah spoke and recorded. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 30 x98i figs-explicit ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις 1 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was a literate, educated man who could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Philip is asking implicitly whether he understands the meaning of the passage from Isaiah. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 8 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με? 1 how would I be able, unless someone will guide me? The man is not asking for information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No, I cannot understand unless someone guides me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1365,14 +1364,13 @@ ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet ack ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 7 xu7c figs-nominaladj οἱ…ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one Luke is using the participle **traveling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his eyes being opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in UST: “when he opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 8 dgg8 writing-pronouns εἰσήγαγον 1 he was seeing nothing The pronoun **they** stands for the men who were traveling with Saul, as described in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “the men who were traveling with him brought him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων 1 he was … without sight Alternate translation: “he remained blinded for three days” ACT 9 9 t8uc figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 neither ate nor drank This could mean: that Saul chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship. [9:11](../09/11.md) says that Saul was praying at this time, and he may have been fasting along with his prayers. Alternate translation: “he fasted from food and drink” (2) that Saul had no appetite or thirst because he was too distressed from his situation. Alternate translation: “he was too distressed to eat or drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἁνανίας 1 Now there was Luke uses this sentence to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 **Ananias** is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias whom Luke described in [5:1](../05/01.md) (that man died), but you may translate the name here the same way you did there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and in [9:11](../09/11.md) and [9:15](../09/15.md), **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” +ACT 9 10 vqh0 ὁ Κύριος  1 Here and throughout this chapter, **the Lord** is a respectful title that Luke is using to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” ACT 9 10 vl8k figs-idiom ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε 3 he said **Behold, I** is a Hebrew idiom that Ananias is using to identify himself as the Ananias to whom the Lord is calling. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 10 u3e1 figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἐγώ, Κύριε  3 Ananias is saying implicitly that he is present and available to serve **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, this is Ananias, and I am here ready to do what you ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 11 mn24 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν 1 go to the street which is called Straight Here, the word **arising** means that God wants Ananias to take action, not that Ananias is lying down or sitting down and God wants him to stand up. You may be able to convey this with a different kind of expression. Alternate translation: “Go on over to Straight Street” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From a335db105e09cd95ec07e7bd8fe9b41359a4a27d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:37:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 70f81c6563..8e300affcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1409,7 +1409,8 @@ ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη 1 rising up, he was baptize ACT 9 19 rxfi figs-activepassive ἐνισχύθη  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he felt stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 20 rc49 writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The personal pronoun **he** refers to Saul, and the demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul proclaimed that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing The word **all**is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here, **name** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. From dc574b0ffd9fef6f541887b7adff09892f1854e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:37:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8e300affcd..909fd28b79 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ ACT 9 20 rc49 writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτ ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here, **name** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. From 9d1fd5471819567a8c22c6ca1fa55a16df5ce9b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 12:39:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 909fd28b79..e6bca0695f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son o ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here, **name** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “those who call on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From a8e021f551e69e254234d5063375e533a6f26a72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:18:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e6bca0695f..58d7af6ced 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1413,6 +1413,7 @@ ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who we ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “those who call on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “those who call on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 3f5790621a6ac230fe140bb4ea54d77a18efd325 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:20:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 58d7af6ced..909089a9c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1414,6 +1414,8 @@ ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “those who call on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “those who call on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From ed606327f9662a75d5ed63827a6f2867b6dfc60a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:20:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 909089a9c5..45a51384b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “those who call on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 was stirring up the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. +ACT 9 22 r1np figs-explicit καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 was stirring up the Jews Saul was not intentionally **stirring up the Jews**. They became agitated because they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Messiah. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As he proved that Jesus is the Christ, the Jews living in Damascus became agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ab74127b739dc0e0dc6552f2d024bd194abbb42d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:23:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 45a51384b6..5db5615fb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1417,8 +1417,10 @@ ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄν ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 22 r1np figs-explicit καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 was stirring up the Jews Saul was not intentionally **stirring up the Jews**. They became agitated because they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Messiah. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As he proved that Jesus is the Christ, the Jews living in Damascus became agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 23 cg9k figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 As in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [7:23](../07/23.md), this is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 23 nyh4 figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaLuke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])ders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. -ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 indeed they were watching the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates**. ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. From cbc09693e75ac1f16a17524115158ffb1352a6a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:23:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5db5615fb7..0d4c207452 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ ACT 9 22 r1np figs-explicit καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαί ACT 9 23 cg9k figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 As in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [7:23](../07/23.md), this is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 23 nyh4 figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaLuke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])ders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 9 23 g6gw αὐτόν 1 The word **him** refers to Saul. +ACT 9 23 g6gw writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 indeed they were watching the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates**. ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. From 22ccfca35616d0d46a0370b33b0668c31d0fd389 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:26:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0d4c207452..a809997856 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1421,8 +1421,9 @@ ACT 9 23 cg9k figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαν ACT 9 23 nyh4 figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to the leaLuke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])ders of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 23 g6gw writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 24 cy9n παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας 1 indeed they were watching the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates**. +ACT 9 24 gnm1 figs-infostructure ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν  1 This could mean: (1) that a person realized there was a plot by recognizing that the Jewish leaders were watching the gates, and that person told Saul. In that case it may be helpful to move this information to the end of the verse, as UST does. (2) that someone told Saul about the plot, but even so, he was not able to flee for his life, because the gates were being watched. In that case you could change the second instance of **But** in the verse to “However.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Saul learned about their plot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 24 cy9n figs-explicit παρετηροῦντο…τὰς πύλας…ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν 1 indeed they were watching the gates The city of Damascus had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates** in this wall. Saul’s enemies expected that he would try to leave the city eventually and they hoped to catch him and kill him when he did. Alternate translation: “they were … watching the gates in the city wall … in order to kill him when he tried to leave the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket Alternate translation: “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” ACT 9 26 j1el παραγενόμενος…ἐπείραζεν…αὐτόν…ἐστὶν 1 Here all occurrences of the words **he** and **him** refer to Saul. From 2387d894ba552cba01e72560b3cd0c992070cbe3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:26:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a809997856..fa5ebadb19 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1424,6 +1424,7 @@ ACT 9 23 g6gw writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Saul ACT 9 24 gnm1 figs-infostructure ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν  1 This could mean: (1) that a person realized there was a plot by recognizing that the Jewish leaders were watching the gates, and that person told Saul. In that case it may be helpful to move this information to the end of the verse, as UST does. (2) that someone told Saul about the plot, but even so, he was not able to flee for his life, because the gates were being watched. In that case you could change the second instance of **But** in the verse to “However.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Saul learned about their plot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 24 cy9n figs-explicit παρετηροῦντο…τὰς πύλας…ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν 1 indeed they were watching the gates The city of Damascus had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates** in this wall. Saul’s enemies expected that he would try to leave the city eventually and they hoped to catch him and kill him when he did. Alternate translation: “they were … watching the gates in the city wall … in order to kill him when he tried to leave the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 24 b0gv figs-metonymy τὰς πύλας  1 Luke is using **the gates** figuratively to mean the people going through the gates. Alternate translation: “to see who was going through the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket Alternate translation: “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” ACT 9 26 j1el παραγενόμενος…ἐπείραζεν…αὐτόν…ἐστὶν 1 Here all occurrences of the words **he** and **him** refer to Saul. From fb6e2eddef39c7ca42fc66048d59d15321603e2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:27:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fa5ebadb19..f2c21c6de6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1425,6 +1425,7 @@ ACT 9 24 gnm1 figs-infostructure ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐ ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Saul learned about their plot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 24 cy9n figs-explicit παρετηροῦντο…τὰς πύλας…ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν 1 indeed they were watching the gates The city of Damascus had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates** in this wall. Saul’s enemies expected that he would try to leave the city eventually and they hoped to catch him and kill him when he did. Alternate translation: “they were … watching the gates in the city wall … in order to kill him when he tried to leave the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 24 b0gv figs-metonymy τὰς πύλας  1 Luke is using **the gates** figuratively to mean the people going through the gates. Alternate translation: “to see who was going through the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 24 aezc figs-merism ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς  1 Luke is figuratively using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (1) Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket Alternate translation: “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” ACT 9 26 j1el παραγενόμενος…ἐπείραζεν…αὐτόν…ἐστὶν 1 Here all occurrences of the words **he** and **him** refer to Saul. From 2e25930e07084e150be1272d97b2522db9ebc339 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:28:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f2c21c6de6..58e9ab1c56 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1426,8 +1426,7 @@ ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐ ACT 9 24 cy9n figs-explicit παρετηροῦντο…τὰς πύλας…ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν 1 indeed they were watching the gates The city of Damascus had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through **the gates** in this wall. Saul’s enemies expected that he would try to leave the city eventually and they hoped to catch him and kill him when he did. Alternate translation: “they were … watching the gates in the city wall … in order to kill him when he tried to leave the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 24 b0gv figs-metonymy τὰς πύλας  1 Luke is using **the gates** figuratively to mean the people going through the gates. Alternate translation: “to see who was going through the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 24 aezc figs-merism ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς  1 Luke is figuratively using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (1) Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The **disciples** were people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching. -ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket Alternate translation: “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” +ACT 9 25 lc8m figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples These **disciples** were people who had believed Saul’s message and become committed followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the people who had believed Saul’s message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 26 j1el παραγενόμενος…ἐπείραζεν…αὐτόν…ἐστὶν 1 Here all occurrences of the words **he** and **him** refer to Saul. ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here, **they were all** is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 told them Alternate translation: “Barnabas told the apostles” From 2c77562b0b80328f081b410cbac5d00154472a15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:29:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 58e9ab1c56..5a5b870168 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1427,8 +1427,7 @@ ACT 9 24 cy9n figs-explicit παρετηροῦντο…τὰς πύλας…ὅ ACT 9 24 b0gv figs-metonymy τὰς πύλας  1 Luke is using **the gates** figuratively to mean the people going through the gates. Alternate translation: “to see who was going through the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 24 aezc figs-merism ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς  1 Luke is figuratively using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (1) Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 9 25 lc8m figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples These **disciples** were people who had believed Saul’s message and become committed followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the people who had believed Saul’s message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 26 j1el παραγενόμενος…ἐπείραζεν…αὐτόν…ἐστὶν 1 Here all occurrences of the words **he** and **him** refer to Saul. -ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here, **they were all** is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 told them Alternate translation: “Barnabas told the apostles” ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen Alternate translation: “Saul had seen” ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him Alternate translation: “the Lord had spoken to Saul” From 1ae51070530a2f1125aea41261b60d00dd8bdb7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:30:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5a5b870168..be430d7bc7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ ACT 9 24 b0gv figs-metonymy τὰς πύλας  1 Luke is using **the gates** ACT 9 24 aezc figs-merism ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς  1 Luke is figuratively using the two parts of a full day, **day** and **night**, to mean all the time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (1) Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 9 25 lc8m figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples These **disciples** were people who had believed Saul’s message and become committed followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the people who had believed Saul’s message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 27 abca διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς 1 told them Alternate translation: “Barnabas told the apostles” +ACT 9 27 abca writing-pronouns Βαρναβᾶς…ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους; καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ…ἐπαρρησιάσατο 1 told them The pronoun **him** refers to Saul in every instance. The pronoun **he** refers to Saul in the first and third instances and to **the Lord** in the second instance. The pronoun **them** refers to **the apostles**. Alternate translation: “taking hold of Saul, Barnabas brought him to the apostles and told the apostles how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to Saul … Saul had spoken boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen Alternate translation: “Saul had seen” ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him Alternate translation: “the Lord had spoken to Saul” ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of **Jesus** Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 62d3103b5aae6ad20c735e7fe72c46345af0c488 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:31:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index be430d7bc7..1c4fcca53a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ ACT 9 24 aezc figs-merism ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς  1 Luke is ACT 9 25 lc8m figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples These **disciples** were people who had believed Saul’s message and become committed followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the people who had believed Saul’s message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 27 abca writing-pronouns Βαρναβᾶς…ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους; καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ…ἐπαρρησιάσατο 1 told them The pronoun **him** refers to Saul in every instance. The pronoun **he** refers to Saul in the first and third instances and to **the Lord** in the second instance. The pronoun **them** refers to **the apostles**. Alternate translation: “taking hold of Saul, Barnabas brought him to the apostles and told the apostles how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to Saul … Saul had spoken boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 9 27 abcb εἶδεν 1 he had seen Alternate translation: “Saul had seen” +ACT 9 27 abcb translate-names Βαρναβᾶς 1 he had seen **Barnabas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him Alternate translation: “the Lord had spoken to Saul” ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of **Jesus** Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them Here the word **he** refers to Paul. The word **them** probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. From 33499d048c671375004988b5dd40e4dd4a521e86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:32:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1c4fcca53a..6916ffdf78 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1430,8 +1430,7 @@ ACT 9 25 lc8m figs-explicit οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples T ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 27 abca writing-pronouns Βαρναβᾶς…ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους; καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ…ἐπαρρησιάσατο 1 told them The pronoun **him** refers to Saul in every instance. The pronoun **he** refers to Saul in the first and third instances and to **the Lord** in the second instance. The pronoun **them** refers to **the apostles**. Alternate translation: “taking hold of Saul, Barnabas brought him to the apostles and told the apostles how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to Saul … Saul had spoken boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 27 abcb translate-names Βαρναβᾶς 1 he had seen **Barnabas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 27 abcc ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ 1 he had spoken to him Alternate translation: “the Lord had spoken to Saul” -ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of **Jesus** Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority. Saul **had spoken boldly** with delegated authority, representing Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a representative of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them Here the word **he** refers to Paul. The word **them** probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This could mean: (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. From 5c2044971b6f8a949bde3ab076a1c91a9eee8639 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:32:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6916ffdf78..3aa86f28b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1431,6 +1431,7 @@ ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but ACT 9 27 abca writing-pronouns Βαρναβᾶς…ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους; καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ…ἐπαρρησιάσατο 1 told them The pronoun **him** refers to Saul in every instance. The pronoun **he** refers to Saul in the first and third instances and to **the Lord** in the second instance. The pronoun **them** refers to **the apostles**. Alternate translation: “taking hold of Saul, Barnabas brought him to the apostles and told the apostles how Saul had seen the Lord on the road and that the Lord had spoken to Saul … Saul had spoken boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 27 abcb translate-names Βαρναβᾶς 1 he had seen **Barnabas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority. Saul **had spoken boldly** with delegated authority, representing Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a representative of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 28 cgb1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ  1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what Saul was able to do after Barnabas reassured the apostles about him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them Here the word **he** refers to Paul. The word **them** probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This could mean: (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. From ad836721747262595b6c7b292bbecff3446eaea6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:33:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3aa86f28b9..3122c0ec1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ ACT 9 27 abca writing-pronouns Βαρναβᾶς…ἐπιλαβόμενος α ACT 9 27 abcb translate-names Βαρναβᾶς 1 he had seen **Barnabas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:36](../04/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority. Saul **had spoken boldly** with delegated authority, representing Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a representative of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 28 cgb1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ  1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what Saul was able to do after Barnabas reassured the apostles about him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ACT 9 28 m5rs ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them Here the word **he** refers to Paul. The word **them** probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. +ACT 9 28 m5rs writing-pronouns ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them The pronoun **he** refers to Saul. The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and probably other disciples in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Saul was with the apostles and other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This could mean: (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words **the brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. From 8a795829dec0cfd6e01b40517ae56b0d96b4dbd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:34:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3122c0ec1a..0fe16faa39 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1433,6 +1433,7 @@ ACT 9 27 abcb translate-names Βαρναβᾶς 1 he had seen **Barnabas** is th ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority. Saul **had spoken boldly** with delegated authority, representing Jesus. Alternate translation: “as a representative of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 28 cgb1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ  1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what Saul was able to do after Barnabas reassured the apostles about him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 9 28 m5rs writing-pronouns ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them The pronoun **he** refers to Saul. The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and probably other disciples in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Saul was with the apostles and other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 9 28 r6ok figs-idiom εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος  1 This is a Hebrew idiom that refers to freedom of movement. Saul was completely accepted by the believers in Jerusalem and could go anywhere among them. Alternate translation: “moving about freely among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This could mean: (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words **the brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. From 0c774e8472d64eee4c83aeb9101897c8036f2acf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0fe16faa39..cd292a37cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 h ACT 9 28 cgb1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ  1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what Saul was able to do after Barnabas reassured the apostles about him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 9 28 m5rs writing-pronouns ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them The pronoun **he** refers to Saul. The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and probably other disciples in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Saul was with the apostles and other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 28 r6ok figs-idiom εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος  1 This is a Hebrew idiom that refers to freedom of movement. Saul was completely accepted by the believers in Jerusalem and could go anywhere among them. Alternate translation: “moving about freely among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This could mean: (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) **name** is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord See how you translated the similar expression in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “as a representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words **the brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea The phrase **brought him down** is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. From a6fb3a9a2327bed892fa48adbeebf511f97c76dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:35:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cd292a37cc..d622185b0c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ ACT 9 28 cgb1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ  1 Luke uses the word trans ACT 9 28 m5rs writing-pronouns ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them The pronoun **he** refers to Saul. The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and probably other disciples in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Saul was with the apostles and other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 28 r6ok figs-idiom εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος  1 This is a Hebrew idiom that refers to freedom of movement. Saul was completely accepted by the believers in Jerusalem and could go anywhere among them. Alternate translation: “moving about freely among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord See how you translated the similar expression in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “as a representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 29 d7lm συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. +ACT 9 29 d7lm translate-names Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists **Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. See how you translated this name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names) ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words **the brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea The phrase **brought him down** is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably **sent** Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 1d5478f779090fb50311e48bed9b93485f598aa5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 7 Jul 2022 13:37:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d622185b0c..a149fda79a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1436,9 +1436,10 @@ ACT 9 28 m5rs writing-pronouns ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 he was with them T ACT 9 28 r6ok figs-idiom εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος  1 This is a Hebrew idiom that refers to freedom of movement. Saul was completely accepted by the believers in Jerusalem and could go anywhere among them. Alternate translation: “moving about freely among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 28 fbb7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord See how you translated the similar expression in [9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “as a representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 29 d7lm translate-names Ἑλληνιστάς 1 debated with the Hellenists **Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. See how you translated this name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names) -ACT 9 30 uz9a οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The words **the brothers** refers to the believers in Jerusalem. -ACT 9 30 j4mt κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea The phrase **brought him down** is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. -ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably **sent** Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 29 lgqe figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν  1 The implication is that the Hellenists were not able to refute what Saul was saying about Jesus, and so they saw him as a threat and wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because they could not refute him, they were attempting to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 30 uz9a figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 30 j4mt figs-idiom κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea Luke uses the phrase **brought him down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “made sure he got safely to Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport, and the believers probably **sent** Saul **to Tarsus** by ship. Alternate translation: “sent him away by ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: This verse is a statement that gives an update on the church’s growth. ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished. Alternate translation: “lived peacefully” ACT 9 31 s4bn ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας 1 the church throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria This is the first use of the singular **church** to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel. From 39da95f8add567d2959a461efac2b4c1182865da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:42:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a149fda79a..15d3e011be 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1440,9 +1440,7 @@ ACT 9 29 lgqe figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν ACT 9 30 uz9a figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 30 j4mt figs-idiom κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea Luke uses the phrase **brought him down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “made sure he got safely to Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport, and the believers probably **sent** Saul **to Tarsus** by ship. Alternate translation: “sent him away by ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 31 vk8y 0 General Information: This verse is a statement that gives an update on the church’s growth. -ACT 9 31 fh2g εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished. Alternate translation: “lived peacefully” -ACT 9 31 s4bn ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας 1 the church throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria This is the first use of the singular **church** to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel. +ACT 9 31 fh2g figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “enjoyed peaceful conditions once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη 1 being built up and going on The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow and to go on” or “the Holy Spirit built them up and they continued on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Traveling is here a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” From f71c895cfd2ef8c975c87a0ab34dfe3796c7c2cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:45:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 15d3e011be..599e9dfb4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1441,8 +1441,10 @@ ACT 9 30 uz9a figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers Luke is using ACT 9 30 j4mt figs-idiom κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea Luke uses the phrase **brought him down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “made sure he got safely to Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport, and the believers probably **sent** Saul **to Tarsus** by ship. Alternate translation: “sent him away by ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 31 fh2g figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “enjoyed peaceful conditions once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη 1 being built up and going on The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow and to go on” or “the Holy Spirit built them up and they continued on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Traveling is here a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη 1 being built up and going on If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could say “God” or “the Holy Spirit.” Alternate translation: “As God built it up and it journeyed” or “As the Holy Spirit built it up and it journeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 31 vx51 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομουμένη  1 Luke is speaking figuratively of the church as if it were a building that God was constructing. Alternate translation: “growing stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Here, **journeying** figuratively means “living.” Alternate translation: “living in the fear of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 31 z59s πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου  1 Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “living with a deep respect for the Lord” ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” ACT 9 32 n7c5 Πέτρον 1 Connecting Statement: In this verse, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about **Peter**. ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 3eb44b461350bba31037d05fbad517216e395aad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:45:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 599e9dfb4f..b238ec025b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευ ACT 9 31 vx51 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομουμένη  1 Luke is speaking figuratively of the church as if it were a building that God was constructing. Alternate translation: “growing stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Here, **journeying** figuratively means “living.” Alternate translation: “living in the fear of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 31 z59s πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου  1 Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “living with a deep respect for the Lord” -ACT 9 31 hl24 τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” +ACT 9 31 hl24 figs-possession τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the possessive form to describe **the Holy Spirit** as the one who was giving the church **encouragement**. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit encouraging them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 32 n7c5 Πέτρον 1 Connecting Statement: In this verse, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about **Peter**. ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 93cd15db281c0528a13e3c87d28823c8f3e0ba74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:47:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b238ec025b..3df77af41b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1446,10 +1446,9 @@ ACT 9 31 vx51 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομουμένη  1 Luke is speaking fi ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Here, **journeying** figuratively means “living.” Alternate translation: “living in the fear of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 31 z59s πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου  1 Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “living with a deep respect for the Lord” ACT 9 31 hl24 figs-possession τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 in the comfort of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the possessive form to describe **the Holy Spirit** as the one who was giving the church **encouragement**. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit encouraging them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ACT 9 32 n7c5 Πέτρον 1 Connecting Statement: In this verse, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about **Peter**. -ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 32 ad7g κατελθεῖν 1 to come down The phrase **come down** is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling. +ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 32 ad7g figs-idiom κατελθεῖν 1 to come down Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel. ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From 95b613c9edf539671699cfb0a770c0303eaf8d7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:48:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3df77af41b..ad2ebe9601 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1449,7 +1449,8 @@ ACT 9 31 hl24 figs-possession τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Π ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 32 ad7g figs-idiom κατελθεῖν 1 to come down Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 9 32 g5c4 Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel. +ACT 9 32 tckc figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδα  1 Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 32 g5c4 translate-names Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is the name of a city in Israel. It is located where the foothills meet the coastal plain. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and it has that name in modern Israel as well. Decide what name would be most helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From 7c52182fe45f9e840033ab413a9addc36304a8c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:50:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ad2ebe9601..c21ff6226e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1451,10 +1451,11 @@ ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region ACT 9 32 ad7g figs-idiom κατελθεῖν 1 to come down Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 32 tckc figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδα  1 Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 32 g5c4 translate-names Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is the name of a city in Israel. It is located where the foothills meet the coastal plain. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and it has that name in modern Israel as well. Decide what name would be most helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” -ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas This introduces **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 9 33 k7hw παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed Aeneas was unable to walk, and probably unable to move below the waist. +ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man The word **found** does not ean that Peter was intentionally searching for a certain man; he happened to meet him. Alternate translation: “there Peter happened to meet a man” +ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas Luke uses this sentence to introduce **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 9 33 owf3 translate-names Αἰνέαν  1 **Aeneas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed In this verse, Luke provides background information about Aeneas to help readers understand what happens next in the story. This information shows how remarkable it was that Jesus could heal a man who had been bedridden for that long. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural and meaningful in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 9 33 k7hw grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed The reason why Aeneas had been **lying in a bed for eight years** was that he **was paralyzed**. It may be clearer in your language to describe this result after giving the reason for it. Alternate translation: “who was paralyzed and so had lain in a bed for eight years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed Alternate translation: “roll up your mat” ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of **Lydda** was located in the Plain of **Sharon**. From 2c60405788f2d0cea0328a3e19487ef6b814faa2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:17:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c21ff6226e..e2ed57c6f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1456,7 +1456,9 @@ ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Α ACT 9 33 owf3 translate-names Αἰνέαν  1 **Aeneas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 33 uj5f writing-background ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 lying in a bed … who was paralyzed In this verse, Luke provides background information about Aeneas to help readers understand what happens next in the story. This information shows how remarkable it was that Jesus could heal a man who had been bedridden for that long. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural and meaningful in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 9 33 k7hw grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος 1 paralyzed The reason why Aeneas had been **lying in a bed for eight years** was that he **was paralyzed**. It may be clearer in your language to describe this result after giving the reason for it. Alternate translation: “who was paralyzed and so had lain in a bed for eight years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ACT 9 34 ff2a στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed Alternate translation: “roll up your mat” +ACT 9 34 t13n ἀνάστηθι  1 **Arise** in this context is literal, not figurative. It means to get up from a position of lying down, rather than to take action or make preparations. +ACT 9 34 ff2a figs-rpronouns ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed Peter says **for yourself** to emphasize that Jesus has healed Aeneas so completely that he will now be able to do for himself what others previously had to do for him. Alternate translation: “Get up, you can make your own bed now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronoun]]) +ACT 9 34 khrm translate-symaction στρῶσον σεαυτῷ  1 Getting up and making his own bed was also a symbolic action by which Aeneas demonstrated that Jesus had healed him. Alternate translation: “Arise and make your bed to show everyone that Jesus has healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of **Lydda** was located in the Plain of **Sharon**. ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him It may be helpful to state that they **saw** that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed” From 342f0951e023294a4aa4d433c35e8798cdde5342 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:20:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e2ed57c6f5..6c0255da9f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1459,10 +1459,11 @@ ACT 9 33 k7hw grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατα ACT 9 34 t13n ἀνάστηθι  1 **Arise** in this context is literal, not figurative. It means to get up from a position of lying down, rather than to take action or make preparations. ACT 9 34 ff2a figs-rpronouns ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ 1 make your bed Peter says **for yourself** to emphasize that Jesus has healed Aeneas so completely that he will now be able to do for himself what others previously had to do for him. Alternate translation: “Get up, you can make your own bed now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronoun]]) ACT 9 34 khrm translate-symaction στρῶσον σεαυτῷ  1 Getting up and making his own bed was also a symbolic action by which Aeneas demonstrated that Jesus had healed him. Alternate translation: “Arise and make your bed to show everyone that Jesus has healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 9 35 qkv4 Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon The city of **Lydda** was located in the Plain of **Sharon**. -ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him It may be helpful to state that they **saw** that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed” -ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here, **turned to the Lord** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 9 35 wykn writing-pronouns εἶδαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα, οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον  1 The pronoun **him** refers to Aeneas. The pronoun **who** refers to the people of Lydda and Sharon. Alternate translation: “when all the people living in Lydda and Sharon saw him, they turned to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 35 qkv4 translate-names καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon **Sharon** is the name of a plain, on which Lydda was located. Alternate translation: “and in the surrounding area of Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 35 pf23 figs-explicit εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him The implication is that the people knew Aeneas was bedridden and now they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: “saw that Aeneas was healed” or “saw Aeneas up and walking around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here, **turned to the Lord** figuratively means that the people believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 36-37 give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 4bc2bb4c767310c63b59b331cffd786535cb21d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:20:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6c0255da9f..99c3e0b927 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ ACT 9 35 z3fp figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδ ACT 9 35 qkv4 translate-names καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sharon **Sharon** is the name of a plain, on which Lydda was located. Alternate translation: “and in the surrounding area of Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 35 pf23 figs-explicit εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him The implication is that the people knew Aeneas was bedridden and now they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: “saw that Aeneas was healed” or “saw Aeneas up and walking around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here, **turned to the Lord** figuratively means that the people believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ…ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ 1 Now there was Luke uses the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 36-37 give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works Alternate translation: “doing many good things” From 6a51aac0cbcc9792ca76b1bd126f93b82fb35145 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:24:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 99c3e0b927..10cd1f6a06 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1465,9 +1465,10 @@ ACT 9 35 qkv4 translate-names καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα 1 in Lydda and in Sh ACT 9 35 pf23 figs-explicit εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw him The implication is that the people knew Aeneas was bedridden and now they saw that he was healed. Alternate translation: “saw that Aeneas was healed” or “saw Aeneas up and walking around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here, **turned to the Lord** figuratively means that the people believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ 1 Now there was Luke uses the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 36-37 give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** is her name in the Aramaic language, and **Dorcas** is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works Alternate translation: “doing many good things” +ACT 9 36 gy8u translate-names Ἰόππῃ 1 General Information: **Joppa** is the name of a city that was about 15 kilometers or about 10 miles from Lydda. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** was this woman’s name in Aramaic, and **Dorcas** was her name Greek. (Both names mean “gazelle.” Note how, later in the story, Luke, writing in Greek, calls her Dorcas, while Peter, speaking in Aramaic, calls her Tabitha.) It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Her name in Aramaic was Tabitha, and her name in Greek was Dorcas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 36 z8la figs-activepassive λέγεται  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 36 q2rn figs-metaphor πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works Alternate translatLuke speaks figuratively of **Dorcas** as if she were a container that was **full** of good works and almsgivings. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “doing many good things and giving to others generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ion: “doing many good things” ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 And it happened that in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And it came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial. ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. From 68580604de5ce4790b50aca282683ce44edf0993 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:26:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 10cd1f6a06..015c216132 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1469,9 +1469,10 @@ ACT 9 36 gy8u translate-names Ἰόππῃ 1 General Information: **Joppa** is t ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” **Tabitha** was this woman’s name in Aramaic, and **Dorcas** was her name Greek. (Both names mean “gazelle.” Note how, later in the story, Luke, writing in Greek, calls her Dorcas, while Peter, speaking in Aramaic, calls her Tabitha.) It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Her name in Aramaic was Tabitha, and her name in Greek was Dorcas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 36 z8la figs-activepassive λέγεται  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 36 q2rn figs-metaphor πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works Alternate translatLuke speaks figuratively of **Dorcas** as if she were a container that was **full** of good works and almsgivings. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “doing many good things and giving to others generously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])ion: “doing many good things” -ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 And it happened that in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And it came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες…αὐτὴν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial. -ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. +ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 And it happened that in those days The phrase **in those days** refers to the time when Peter was nearby in Lydda. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 37 y8sx figs-explicit λούσαντες…αὐτὴν ἔθηκαν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for Dorcas’s body for burial. Customarily her family and friends would have done it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. “Once her family and friends had washed her body to prepare it for burial, they laid it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 37 znj4 figs-explicit ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. Alternate translation: “they laid her body in an upper room so that people could come there and pay their respects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 37 lbrl translate-unknown ὑπερῴῳ  1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large sheltered space that people could use for funeral visitation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room Alternate translation: “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the **widows** of the town were there since it was not a large town. ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows These **widows** would have need help since their husbands had died. From dba82dd39487b3b669a3391ed4cb5cce60a68636 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:29:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 015c216132..09f24b9f0d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1473,6 +1473,8 @@ ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 ACT 9 37 y8sx figs-explicit λούσαντες…αὐτὴν ἔθηκαν 1 having washed her This was washing to prepare for Dorcas’s body for burial. Customarily her family and friends would have done it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. “Once her family and friends had washed her body to prepare it for burial, they laid it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 37 znj4 figs-explicit ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. Alternate translation: “they laid her body in an upper room so that people could come there and pay their respects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 37 lbrl translate-unknown ὑπερῴῳ  1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large sheltered space that people could use for funeral visitation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 9 38 qlp8 figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Peter is in Lydda,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 9 38 pukn figs-youdual παρακαλοῦντες  1 Since two men are speaking, if your language marks participles for number, **urging** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room Alternate translation: “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the **widows** of the town were there since it was not a large town. ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows These **widows** would have need help since their husbands had died. From 5ed33ee28f34baaf9a248e7fd005fc3c653458d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:33:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 13 ++++++++----- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 09f24b9f0d..50e6057cad 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1475,11 +1475,14 @@ ACT 9 37 znj4 figs-explicit ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her ACT 9 37 lbrl translate-unknown ὑπερῴῳ  1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large sheltered space that people could use for funeral visitation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 38 qlp8 figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Peter is in Lydda,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 9 38 pukn figs-youdual παρακαλοῦντες  1 Since two men are speaking, if your language marks participles for number, **urging** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room Alternate translation: “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” -ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible that all the **widows** of the town were there since it was not a large town. -ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows These **widows** would have need help since their husbands had died. -ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while being with them Alternate translation: “while she was still alive with the disciples” -ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν…ἔξω πάντας 1 put out all of them Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha. Alternate translation: “told them all to leave the room” +ACT 9 39 k1se figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς 1 to the upper room Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action in order to be able to make the trip with these men, not that he got up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Peter got ready and went with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 39 tdrr figs-youdual αὐτοῖς  1 This first instance of **them** in the verse would be dual if your language uses that form, since it applies to two men. The second instance of **them** would be plural, since it refers to the group of widows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +ACT 9 39 me79 figs-hyperbole πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a large crowd of widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 9 39 piu7 figs-explicit χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια, ὅσα ἐποίει μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς 1 widows It may be helpful to say explicitly that Dorcas made these **coats and garments** to help these **widows** because they were poor and could not afford clothes. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “coats and garments. When she was alive, Dorcas used to make many of these to help the widows because they were poor and could not afford clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 39 y6q5 figs-euphemism μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while being with them This may be a delicate way of speaking about Dorcas’s death, rather than saying “before she died.” Alternate translation, as in UST: “while she was still alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 9 40 yp2u translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 put out all of them Kneeling down was a reverent posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “having knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 9 40 wr7h figs-imperative Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι  1 This was not a command that Tabitha was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused her to be restored to life. Alternate translation: “I restore you to life, so you can get up now” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)  +ACT 9 40 k28m translate-symaction Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι 1 Getting up was a symbolic action by which Tabitha could demonstrate that Jesus had restored her to life. Alternate translation: “Get up to show everyone that Jesus has restored you to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 having given his hand to her, he raised her up Peter extended his **hand** to her to help her stand up. ACT 9 41 b73s τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the saints and the widows The **widows** were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ee20fb31ca3ca9fec0a1087ffc1204d07253fba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:35:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 50e6057cad..dada9c64ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1483,8 +1483,9 @@ ACT 9 39 y6q5 figs-euphemism μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while being with ACT 9 40 yp2u translate-symaction θεὶς τὰ γόνατα 1 put out all of them Kneeling down was a reverent posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “having knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 40 wr7h figs-imperative Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι  1 This was not a command that Tabitha was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused her to be restored to life. Alternate translation: “I restore you to life, so you can get up now” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative)  ACT 9 40 k28m translate-symaction Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι 1 Getting up was a symbolic action by which Tabitha could demonstrate that Jesus had restored her to life. Alternate translation: “Get up to show everyone that Jesus has restored you to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ translate-symaction]]) -ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 having given his hand to her, he raised her up Peter extended his **hand** to her to help her stand up. -ACT 9 41 b73s τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the saints and the widows The **widows** were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. +ACT 9 41 r7n6 figs-explicit δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 having given his hand to her, he raised her up The implication is that Peter extended his **hand** to Tabitha to help her stand up. Alternate translation: “he let her hold onto his hand for support as he helped her stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 41 b73s figs-infostructure τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the saints and the widows These **saints** and **widows** were probably not two different groups. The widows were likely also believers, but Luke mentions them specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. To show this, it may be helpful to put the information about the widows before the information about the believers. Alternate translation: “the widows and the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 9 41 ex8e figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους  1 Luke is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus. See how you translated the term in [9:33](../09/33.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord Alternate translation: “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus” ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 3d89325bf8b1774dd85719ba45e8f27b14977f94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Thu, 14 Jul 2022 18:39:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index dada9c64ce..e5147cf9fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1486,10 +1486,9 @@ ACT 9 40 k28m translate-symaction Ταβειθά, ἀνάστηθι 1 Getting u ACT 9 41 r7n6 figs-explicit δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 having given his hand to her, he raised her up The implication is that Peter extended his **hand** to Tabitha to help her stand up. Alternate translation: “he let her hold onto his hand for support as he helped her stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 41 b73s figs-infostructure τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας 1 the saints and the widows These **saints** and **widows** were probably not two different groups. The widows were likely also believers, but Luke mentions them specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. To show this, it may be helpful to put the information about the widows before the information about the believers. Alternate translation: “the widows and the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 9 41 ex8e figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους  1 Luke is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus. See how you translated the term in [9:33](../09/33.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord Alternate translation: “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus” -ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner Alternate translation: “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins” +ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of the most similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unclean

The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Baptism and the Holy Spirit

The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background Κορνήλιος 1 Verses 1-2 give background information about **Cornelius**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From b37df48daa4a4c1957cce4a95e347cd3078a31de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:32:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e5147cf9fa..8e71dc24de 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -216,12 +216,12 @@ ACT 2 15 a110 translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 the t ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is what God said through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 16 ktw9 figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel The implication is that God is now making happen what he said through Joel. Alternate translation: “you are seeing God make happen what he announced earlier through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 17 a111 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 ‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh” The material in [2:17–21](../02/17.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting Joel, and Joel is quoting God. You could avoid having a third-level quotation by moving the phrase **God says** to before the quotation from Joel. (The phrase itself does not occur in the passage from Joel that Peter quotes. It appears to be something that Peter supplies within the quotation to show that God is the speaker. Since that is the case, putting it before the quotation would not change the actual biblical text.) Alternate translation: “God said, ‘And it will be in the last days, I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ACT 2 17 a112 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 ‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh” You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 17 a112 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 ‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh” You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 17 ijl8 καὶ ἔσται 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do” ACT 2 17 a113 ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter, which recommend not interpreting or explaining it, but representing it simply as ULT does. ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-metaphor ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out from my Spirit God says figuratively that he will **pour out** his Spirit, as if the Spirit were a liquid, to mean that he will give the Spirit generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will lavish my Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 17 a114 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 on all flesh God refers figuratively to **flesh** to mean people, by association with the way that people are made of flesh. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 17 a115 figs-quotations καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται 1 and your sons and your daughters will prophesy, and your young men will see visions, and your old men will dream dreams If you have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation, also do that here in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God said that our sons and our daughters would prophesy and our young men would see visions and our old men would dream dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 17 a115 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται 1 and your sons and your daughters will prophesy, and your young men will see visions, and your old men will dream dreams If you have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation, also do that here in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God said that our sons and our daughters would prophesy and our young men would see visions and our old men would dream dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 17 a116 figs-exclusive ὑμῶν -1 your If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and translate these instances of **your** as “our,” use the inclusive form of the word “our” in each instance if your language marks that distinction, since Joel would be referring to himself and his listeners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 2 17 a117 figs-gendernotations οἱ νεανίσκοι…οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 young men … old men God speaks separately of **sons** and **daughters** in this verse and of “male servants” and “female servants” in the next verse. But here the contrast is between **young** and **old**. So the word **men** could have a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “young people … old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 2 18 uwd7 figs-quotations καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν 1 And even on my male servants and on my female servants in those days I will pour out from my Spirit, and they will prophesy You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that even on his male servants and on his female servants in those days he would pour out from his Spirit, and they would prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) From b0bfb698a5c169da6f8453b62b568091a716a0b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:34:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8e71dc24de..1db44d6e7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ ACT 2 18 uwd7 figs-quotations καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μο ACT 2 18 nd34 ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου 1 on my male servants and on my female servants If your language has masculine and feminine forms of the word “servant,” it would be accurate to use those forms here. Other languages can indicate this distinction in other ways, as ULT does with the adjectives “male” and “female.” ACT 2 18 a118 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 in those days Here, **days** idiomatically means a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…ἐπὶ…ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 on … on … I will pour out from my Spirit See how you translated this in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “to … to … I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 2 19 a119 figs-quotations καὶ δώσω 1 And I will give You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that he would give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 19 a119 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ δώσω 1 And I will give You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that he would give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 19 a120 δώσω τέρατα…καὶ σημεῖα 1 I will give wonders … and signs Alternate translation: “I will show wonders … and signs” ACT 2 19 a121 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω 1 in the heaven above Since God specifies in the next verse that these **wonders** will affect the sun and the moon, the word translated **heaven** likely has the specific sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “in the sky above” ACT 2 19 p5zi figs-possession ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke Here the possessive form describes **vapor** that looks smoky or that has **smoke** in it. Alternate translation: “smoky vapor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ACT 2 20 ylv7 figs-quotations ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 The sun will be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that sun would be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 20 ylv7 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 The sun will be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that sun would be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will turn the sun to darkness” or, if you are making this an indirect quotation, “God said that he would turn the sun to darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 20 a122 figs-metaphor ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness God is speaking figuratively as if he would change the **sun** into something else. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” or “The sun will no longer shine brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 20 a123 figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **darkness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “dark.” Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 and the ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words **great** and **remarkable** mean similar things. They are being used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the very great day” or “the truly remarkable day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 2 20 lc4g figs-idiom ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord comes This is an expression that many of the prophets use. It refers to the time when God will judge and punish people for their sins. Alternate translation: “the time when the Lord judges and punishes people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 2 20 a126 figs-123person ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord comes In this expression, God is speaking of himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “time arrives when I judge and punish people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 2 21 a127 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 And it will be, everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “And God said it would happen that everyone who called on the name of the Lord would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 21 a127 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 And it will be, everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “And God said it would happen that everyone who called on the name of the Lord would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 21 a128 καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς 1 And it will be, everyone Alternate translation: “And this is what will happen: Everyone” ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 21 a129 figs-idiom πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται 1 everyone who may call on Here, **call on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “everyone who may appeal to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ ACT 2 24 a141 figs-possession τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 th ACT 2 24 a142 figs-explicit καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 because it was not possible for him to be held by it If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this was **not possible**. Alternate translation: “because God is so much stronger than death that it was not possible for him to be held by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of death figuratively as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotations Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -280,14 +280,14 @@ ACT 2 25 a146 figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right Here the ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-metaphor ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right In this context, to be at someone’s right side figuratively means to be in a position to help and sustain that person. Alternate translation: “there to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 25 a147 figs-metaphor μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here, **moved** means to be taken out of a safe and secure position, and so figuratively it means to be harmed. Alternate translation: “I will not be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one will harm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 26 a148 figs-quotations διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου; ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 Because of this, my heart was glad and my tongue exulted. And indeed, my flesh will also dwell in hope You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “Because of this, his heart was glad and his tongue exulted, and indeed his flesh would also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 26 a148 figs-quotesinquotes διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου; ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 Because of this, my heart was glad and my tongue exulted. And indeed, my flesh will also dwell in hope You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “Because of this, his heart was glad and his tongue exulted, and indeed his flesh would also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-metaphor ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου 1 my heart was glad Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “I felt glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 26 a149 figs-metonymy ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my tongue exulted Here, the **tongue** figuratively represents the capacity for speech. Alternate translation: “I said joyful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope Here, **flesh** figuratively means the human body by association with the way that is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “my body will also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 2 26 a150 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “hopefully.” Alternate translation: “my body will also live hopefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 2 26 a151 figs-personification καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope The Messiah is speaking figuratively as if his body itself would live hopefully. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope for my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 2 26 a152 figs-explicit καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **hope** the Messiah had for his body. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope that God will bring my body back to life after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 27 m3ij figs-quotations ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be necessary to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah knew that God would not abandon his soul to Hades and that God would not allow his Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 27 m3ij figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be necessary to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah knew that God would not abandon his soul to Hades and that God would not allow his Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 27 a153 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay These two statements mean similar things. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it may be helpful to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon my soul to Hades, no, you will not allow your Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 2 27 whi3 figs-youformal οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις…οὐδὲ δώσεις…σου 1 you will not abandon … nor will you allow your The words **you** and **your** are singular, and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in your translation in [1:24](../01/24.md) in a similar case where God is addressed as “you.” You may have decided in such cases to use a formal form of “you” that your language may have, or you may have decided to use an informal form of “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) ACT 2 27 a154 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades The Messiah says **my soul** figuratively to mean himself, using one part of his being to represent his whole being. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ACT 2 27 a156 figs-explicit τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The expre ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The Messiah is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “me, your Holy One” or “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ACT 2 27 a157 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word **see** is being used idiomatically to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “to experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 28 a158 figs-quotations ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 You made known to me the paths of life; you will fill me with gladness with your face You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 28 a158 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 You made known to me the paths of life; you will fill me with gladness with your face You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation of David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 28 a159 figs-youformal ἐγνώρισάς…πληρώσεις…σου 1 You made known … you will fill … your The words **you** and **your** are singular and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in the similar case in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) ACT 2 28 xhi3 figs-metaphor ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 You made known to me the paths of life The Messiah speaks figuratively of **life** as if it consisted of **paths** that a person walked along. Those represent the various pursuits and adventures that people have in life. The word **known** refers to experiential knowledge. Alternate translation: “You enabled me to experience the adventures of life once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 28 ej5m figs-metaphor πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης 1 you will fill me with gladness The Messiah speaks figuratively as if he were a container that God could **fill** with **gladness**. Alternate translation: “you will give me great gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 72346c91aadb9723e97310584601356a0087ab13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:36:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1db44d6e7f..0940d83c18 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ ACT 8 7 pehe figs-nominaladj τῶν ἐχόντων 1 Luke is using the partic ACT 8 7 xb2n ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα 1 having unclean spirits Alternate translation: “who were controlled by unclean spirits” ACT 8 7 nz7y figs-idiom βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idiom that means that the unclean spirits raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “shouting loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 8 7 v8uj figs-activepassive πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it would be appropriate to say Jesus, since the book of Acts shows that the apostles healed people in the name of Jesus, for example, in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, through the power of his name, healed many who had been paralyzed and lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 7 imbh figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι 1 Luke is using the participle ** having been paralyzed** as an adjective. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many who had been paralyzed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 8 7 imbh figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι 1 Luke is using the participle **paralyzed** as an adjective. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many who had been paralyzed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 8 7 anq3 figs-activepassive πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “many who had paralysis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 8 8 s8bm grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the people in the city did as a result of the many healings that Philip performed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο…πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was much joy in that city The phrase **that city** refers figuratively by association to the people who lived in that city. Alternate translation: “there was much joy among the people of that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 49257cae4a5c1619d82fc5e11bbe26f785020bf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:39:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0940d83c18..83c361fb9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -606,14 +606,14 @@ ACT 4 24 a293 figs-youformal σὺ 1 you The word **you** is singular, and it re ACT 4 24 a160 figs-merism ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 who made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all that is in them The believers are referring to all of creation by naming its components. Alternate translation: “who created everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 4 24 a294 τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heaven The believers are using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean the sky. Alternate translation: “the sky” ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 the one who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant The word **mouth** refers figuratively to what David said by using his mouth. Alternate translation: “the one whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 25 vc5z figs-quotesinquotes τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant, ‘Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?’ As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the Gentiles raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 4 25 vc5z figs-quotesinquotes τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant, ‘Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?’ As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the nations raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 4 25 a295 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The believers are using the word **our** to refer to themselves but not to God, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 4 25 kat6 figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father Here, **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 4 25 a296 παιδός 1 servant The believers are using the word **servant** here in its ordinary sense, not as a title for the Messiah, so it would not be appropriate to translate it as “Messiah,” as you may have done when it was a title in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). -ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Gentiles should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit κενά 1 useless things The phrase **useless things** implicitly describes plans to oppose God, which can never succeed. Alternate translation: “ways to oppose God, which always prove useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 4 26 fb5a figs-quotesinquotes παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ This is the rest of the quotation from Psalm 2 that the believers started in [4:25](../04/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David said that the kings of the earth had taken their stand and the rulers had gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same In keeping with the conventions of Hebrew poetry, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. If the repetition might be confusing for your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth took their stand, yes, the rulers were gathered to the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 0964f51da12000948c11114450c9fd683e98c305 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:39:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 83c361fb9b..5080a491ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ ACT 4 25 a296 παιδός 1 servant The believers are using the word **servant ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit κενά 1 useless things The phrase **useless things** implicitly describes plans to oppose God, which can never succeed. Alternate translation: “ways to oppose God, which always prove useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 4 26 fb5a figs-quotesinquotes παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ This is the rest of the quotation from Psalm 2 that the believers started in [4:25](../04/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David said that the kings of the earth had taken their stand and the rulers had gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same In keeping with the conventions of Hebrew poetry, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. If the repetition might be confusing for your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth took their stand, yes, the rulers were gathered to the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 4b374a823d32d4f58a965577259513fb9a54e5bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:40:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5080a491ba..713241cf5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ ACT 7 58 sx2p figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας 1 at the feet The expres ACT 7 58 e2vl translate-names Σαύλου 1 of a young man **Saul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 7 59 fxhz figs-hendiadys ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **calling out** tells how Stephen was **saying** what he said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “as he was saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 7 59 k2el figs-imperative δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου 1 receive my spirit This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction θεὶς…τὰ γόνατα 1 But having knelt down on his knees Kneeling down was an act of submission to God and a revernt posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “after he had knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 7 60 u86q translate-symaction θεὶς…τὰ γόνατα 1 But having knelt down on his knees Kneeling down was an act of submission to God and a reverent posture of prayer. Alternate translation: “after he had knelt down reverently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 7 60 hi24 figs-idiom ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idiom that means that Stephen raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 7 60 dfjs figs-imperative μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hold this sin against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-doublenegatives μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold … against**. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 1e1a135cd3d05b6d28f80bc26ee57f922815ab2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:42:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 713241cf5a..bfd09161f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1248,6 +1248,7 @@ ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 having been baptized If ACT 8 13 rnr3 figs-irony θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας 1 The word that ULT translates as **works** here is the same word that it translates as “power” in [8:10](../08/10.md). It can mean either power or works that demonstrate power. Luke is using the word to show what an ironic situation Simon is in. He claimed to be “the power … that is called Great,” but now he recognizes that **works** of power that are truly **great** are done in the name of Jesus. If your language has a word for works that demonstrate power that has the same root as its word for power, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ACT 8 13 d4yb figs-doublet τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις 1 The terms **signs** and **works** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation, as in UST: “miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story of the Samaritans becoming believers. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 8 14 lk9b figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες…ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-metonymy ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria Luke is using the word **Samaria** figuratively by association to mean the people of Samaria. Alternate translation: “the people of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 14 e682 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message about Jesus that Philip shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 14 td5t translate-names Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην 1 **Peter** and **John** are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 23c294c2d1d3fabd8ec94754d16a777adb6b0956 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:43:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bfd09161f6..f2863f01cd 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1249,6 +1249,7 @@ ACT 8 13 rnr3 figs-irony θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμει ACT 8 13 d4yb figs-doublet τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις 1 The terms **signs** and **works** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation, as in UST: “miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story of the Samaritans becoming believers. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 8 14 lk9b figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες…ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 8 14 uwxo figs-exclamations ἀκούσαντες…ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 If you decide to have a direct quotation here, you might also decide to make it an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God!’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-metonymy ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria Luke is using the word **Samaria** figuratively by association to mean the people of Samaria. Alternate translation: “the people of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 14 e682 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message about Jesus that Philip shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 14 td5t translate-names Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην 1 **Peter** and **John** are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From b5f0a2646b66a4bf03febf9bf6e56abe582b84f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 13:46:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f2863f01cd..6319c46ea8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1355,6 +1355,8 @@ ACT 9 2 zu6j translate-unknown ἐπιστολὰς  1 See the General Notes t ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς 1 to the synagogues Luke is using the terms **Damascus** and **synagogues** figuratively by association to mean the people, probably the leaders, of the synagogues in Damascus. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues of Damascus” or “to the leaders of the synagogues in Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 2 lvzt translate-names Damascus 1 **Damascus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 2 thuy translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 As the General Notes to this chapter explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 2 mma1 figs-activepassive δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ  1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 2 grch figs-synecdoche δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ  1 Luke is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 having bound them, he might bring them to Jerusalem The implication is that Saul wanted to bring believers in Jesus to Jerusalem for trial and punishment by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem so that the Jewish leaders there could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 3 jf4g figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 as he was traveling Luke means implicitly that the high priest gave Saul the letters he asked for and that Saul then left Jerusalem to go to Damascus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as he was traveling to Damascus with letters that the high priest gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses the phrase **it happened that** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From b7acba7ff674a0824b89f6d1d4e99baa62bf0296 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 16:43:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6319c46ea8..e9c573d4ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου 1 with the hand ACT 7 35 abc9 figs-idiom ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 appeared to him See how you translated the word **appeared** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Here as well, the word does not mean that Moses simply saw this angel in a vision. Alternate translation: “who was with him at the bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-doublet τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 during 40 years The terms **wonders** and **signs** mean similar things. Stephen is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:22](../02/22.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 7 36 n75x translate-names Ἐρυθρᾷ Θαλάσσῃ 1 Stephen is using the name that was common in his culture, **the Red Sea**, to refer to the body of water that the Old Testament calls “the Sea of Reeds.” Decide whether you want to use the name that Stephen uses here or the name that you are using in your translation in the Old Testament, if they are different. Alternate translation: “the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 7 37 k710 figs-quotesinquote ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “who told the sons of Israel that God would raise up a prophet like him for them from their brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 7 37 k710 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “who told the sons of Israel that God would raise up a prophet like him for them from their brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 7 37 vykp figs-metaphor τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ 1 Stephen is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Israel” or “to the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 7 37 b4sg figs-idiom προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει…ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet Here, the expression **raise up** describes God giving someone the mission to go as a prophet to certain people. See how you translated it in [3:22](../03/22.md). Alternate translation: “will send you a prophet like me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 7 37 j2rx figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers Stephen is using the word **brothers** figuratively to mean “kinsmen.” Alternate translation: “your kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3974e531c1e159ceaff2ebe080b5e569f8554ae5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 16:46:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e9c573d4ad..e3d6988732 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1397,6 +1397,7 @@ ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metaphor τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 who will carry my name The Lord says figuratively that Saul will **carry** his **name**, meaning that he will go to many places and speak about it. Alternate translation: “to speak about my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 15 h8vw figs-metonymy τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου  1 Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about me” or “to tell others about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 15 wh8c figs-explicit ἐθνῶν  1 The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. See how you translated it in [4:25](../04/25.md). Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 15 bbfd figs-synecdoche βασιλέων  1 The Lord is using **kings**, one kind of ruler, to mean all kinds of rulers. Saul, later known as Paul, testified before various rulers and officials. Alternate translation: “rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 15 uq9b figs-metaphor υἱῶν…Ἰσραήλ  1 The Lord is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου 1 for my name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. This could mean: (1) that Saul will suffer for telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “to make me known” (2) that Saul will suffer for Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a00a69aa9066cfcb6e3722f74f9db29cca649d74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 16:48:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e3d6988732..27b58967c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1421,6 +1421,7 @@ ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “those who call on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 21 i512 figs-activepassive ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 22 r1np figs-explicit καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 was stirring up the Jews Saul was not intentionally **stirring up the Jews**. They became agitated because they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Messiah. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As he proved that Jesus is the Christ, the Jews living in Damascus became agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 23 cg9k figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 As in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [7:23](../07/23.md), this is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 23 nyh4 figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1d2adb03669dd946066d2fe12a72664bc0cb392f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 16:49:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 27b58967c4..4cc9617cdc 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1422,6 +1422,7 @@ ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄν ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 i512 figs-activepassive ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 9 21 pnrp figs-synecdoche ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Like Ananias in [9:14](../09/14.md), the people here are figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 9 22 r1np figs-explicit καὶ συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 was stirring up the Jews Saul was not intentionally **stirring up the Jews**. They became agitated because they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Messiah. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As he proved that Jesus is the Christ, the Jews living in Damascus became agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 23 cg9k figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 As in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [7:23](../07/23.md), this is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “after many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 23 nyh4 figs-activepassive ὡς…ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί  1 Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5d73e21b8c4e16e93f4c24423c58f567503ded1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:22:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4cc9617cdc..e215bc7043 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1417,9 +1417,9 @@ ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son o ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “those who call on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “those who call on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 i512 figs-activepassive ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 21 pnrp figs-synecdoche ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Like Ananias in [9:14](../09/14.md), the people here are figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 81b92a8864afcb741954f252ef760216d0e8ddcd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:24:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e215bc7043..81d0123420 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1389,9 +1389,9 @@ ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does no ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worshiping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the people who call on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the people who worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1417,9 +1417,9 @@ ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son o ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 i512 figs-activepassive ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 21 pnrp figs-synecdoche ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Like Ananias in [9:14](../09/14.md), the people here are figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 0838a08288106d06184319d461fb5f49162b1b3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:25:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 81d0123420..0a47a1da86 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ ACT 9 37 znj4 figs-explicit ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her ACT 9 37 lbrl translate-unknown ὑπερῴῳ  1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large sheltered space that people could use for funeral visitation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 9 38 qlp8 figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Peter is in Lydda,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 9 38 pukn figs-youdual παρακαλοῦντες  1 Since two men are speaking, if your language marks participles for number, **urging** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -ACT 9 39 k1se figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς 1 to the upper room Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action in order to be able to make the trip with these men, not that he got up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Peter got ready and went with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 9 39 k1se figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς 1 to the upper room Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action in order to be able to make the trip with these men, not that he got up from a sitting or lying position. Alternate translation: “Peter quickly prepared and went with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 39 tdrr figs-youdual αὐτοῖς  1 This first instance of **them** in the verse would be dual if your language uses that form, since it applies to two men. The second instance of **them** would be plural, since it refers to the group of widows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) ACT 9 39 me79 figs-hyperbole πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a large crowd of widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 39 piu7 figs-explicit χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια, ὅσα ἐποίει μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς 1 widows It may be helpful to say explicitly that Dorcas made these **coats and garments** to help these **widows** because they were poor and could not afford clothes. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “coats and garments. When she was alive, Dorcas used to make many of these to help the widows because they were poor and could not afford clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From e7f70634b5d396b29aeeb82a1508f4d9a5952f13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:27:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0a47a1da86..a5515414c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name ACT 5 42 jj94 writing-endofstory τε 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after this story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 5 42 x424 figs-litotes οὐκ ἐπαύοντο, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι 1 they did not cease teaching and proclaiming the gospel Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “they continued to teach and to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The distribution to the widows

The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them spoke Hebrew and had lived mostly in Judea, while others spoke Greek and may have lived in Gentile areas. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not equally to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “His face was like the face of an angel”

No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. A note to this phrase offers one suggestion, which you may choose to follow. However, you might also decide to say only what the ULT says about this. +ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nActs [6:7](../06/07.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the end of the first major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The distribution to the widows\n\nThe believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them spoke Hebrew and had lived mostly in Judea, while others spoke Greek and may have lived in Gentile areas. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not equally to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His face was like the face of an angel”\n\nNo one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. A note to this phrase offers one suggestion, which you may choose to follow. However, you might also decide to say only what the ULT says about this. ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in those days Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 6 1 cg5t figs-idiom ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** idiomatically to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 6 1 e7vb translate-names τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 of the Hellenists **Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 134a648bc88d11b988b2a3fb49acaf435aa10e32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:30:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a5515414c4..f66fdfe1c8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 65fb0be28165b91e4872d43bfe42c7be9ebb816c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:31:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f66fdfe1c8..4992937f2b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.\n\n\n### “the church”\n\n\n\r\rActs 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.\r\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6aa3a43217ebbfd4654d79612b3855c06f7a5b81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2022 17:33:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4992937f2b..516a964618 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.\n\n\n### “the church”\n\n\n\r\rActs 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.\r\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.\n\n### “the church”\n\nActs 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** figuratively by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 579dd6255659b1c0e4ca549f4e36334939a6a712 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Tue, 19 Jul 2022 13:28:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 516a964618..340f83426e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1389,9 +1389,9 @@ ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does no ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “worshiping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 14 hi6x figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου  1 Ananias is using the participle **calling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who call on your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 14 t3fl figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 who call upon your name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the ones calling upon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 14 ampz figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 15 jmt7 figs-possession σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι 1 this one is a chosen instrument of mine The Lord is using the possessive form to describe Saul as an **instrument** who is characterized by his **choosing**. Alternate translation: “an instrument I have chosen” or “someone I have chosen as an instrument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 9 15 gk29 writing-pronouns οὗτος  1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Saul. Alternate translation: “this man” or “this man Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 15 ndxu figs-metaphor σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς…μοι  1 The Lord describes Saul figuratively as an **instrument** or tool to indicate that he intends to use Saul to advance his purposes. Alternate translation: “someone I have chosen to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8f3324c66035f77d121a5f09fb79c47e97aaffef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Tue, 19 Jul 2022 13:30:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 340f83426e..bc96d9915b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1417,9 +1417,9 @@ ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son o ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες 1 all who were hearing Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 21 a8j8 figs-nominaladj οἱ ἀκούοντες…ὁ πορθήσας…τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους  1 Luke is using the participles **hearing**, **having destroyed**, and **calling on**, which function as adjective, as as nouns. ULT adds the terms **ones** and **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who heard … the man who destroyed … those who call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? The people in Damascus are using the question form to emphasize that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο  1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-explicit τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name By **this name** the speakers implicitly mean the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ones calling on the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 21 l82i figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Here, the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his person. Alternate translation: “the ones calling on Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 9 21 zuoi figs-idiom τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Here, **calling on** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “the ones worshiping Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 21 locy figs-rquestion καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει, ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς?  1 This could be: (1) a continuation of the rhetorical question in the first part of the quotation. (ULT starts a new sentence here, but the entire quotation may be a single sentence.) If you would not use a rhetorical question in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests!” (2) a statement that the people in Damascus are making to give a further reason for their surprise. Alternate translation: “Indeed, he had come here for this, to arrest them and bring them to the chief priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 9 21 i512 figs-activepassive ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he might bind them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 21 pnrp figs-synecdoche ἵνα δεδεμένους, αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Like Ananias in [9:14](../09/14.md), the people here are figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that he might arrest them and bring them to the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From e138c03bc68e62e587c59e715ccf7d24dce94f6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:20:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bc96d9915b..e3bdb15049 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ ACT 9 41 ex8e figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους  1 Luke is using the term ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of the most similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unclean

The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Baptism and the Holy Spirit

The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. +ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\r\nVerses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\rIn verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unclean\n\nThe Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThe Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background Κορνήλιος 1 Verses 1-2 give background information about **Cornelius**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) From 0362a71d4cbb8db7bee21b722f460e57fce66ddc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:21:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e3bdb15049..324c5386b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ ACT 2 24 a141 figs-possession τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 th ACT 2 24 a142 figs-explicit καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 because it was not possible for him to be held by it If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this was **not possible**. Alternate translation: “because God is so much stronger than death that it was not possible for him to be held by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of death figuratively as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord before him through all, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 9d67ba60c8abffaaeee1dfb44dccbc3df7d0a970 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:21:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 324c5386b2..643877f9f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ ACT 2 24 a142 figs-explicit καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατ ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of death figuratively as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord before him through all, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord before him through all, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before me The phrase **before me**, which means “in front of me,” is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “present with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 86d4d3dd69f7c033b58f8b062cdccad232389a11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:22:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 643877f9f1..a10c6a2803 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -276,6 +276,7 @@ ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτ ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote, and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before me The phrase **before me**, which means “in front of me,” is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “present with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 25 tqak figs-ellipsis διὰ παντός 1 The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” It means “always.” Alternate translation: “at all times” or “always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 2 25 a146 figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right Here the adjective **right** is being used as a noun to indicate the right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-metaphor ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right In this context, to be at someone’s right side figuratively means to be in a position to help and sustain that person. Alternate translation: “there to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 2 25 a147 figs-metaphor μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here, **moved** means to be taken out of a safe and secure position, and so figuratively it means to be harmed. Alternate translation: “I will not be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From bd5d99fcce4ccae84202f446240ed529acc9fa06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:23:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a10c6a2803..a273d279e3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

### “to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

### “in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:
- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:
- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”
- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Acts\n\n1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)\n2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)\n3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)\n4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)\n5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)\n6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)\n\n\nLuke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.\n\n### What is the book of Acts about?\n\nThe book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Acts?\n\nThe author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the church?\n\nThe church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts\n\n### “to the same”\n\nThe phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.\n\n### “in/to/into the temple”\n\nLuke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?\n\nThe following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.\n\nFirst, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:\n- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”\n- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”\n- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”\n- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”\n\nSecond, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:\n- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”\n- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”\n- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).\n- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”\n- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. From 00120a4e956cad87ff079d4fc8a1dd90707e63ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a273d279e3..b9f391bcfe 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Acts\n\n1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)\n2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)\n3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)\n4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)\n5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)\n6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)\n\n\nLuke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.\n\n### What is the book of Acts about?\n\nThe book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Acts?\n\nThe author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the church?\n\nThe church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts\n\n### “to the same”\n\nThe phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.\n\n### “in/to/into the temple”\n\nLuke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?\n\nThe following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.\n\nFirst, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:\n- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”\n- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”\n- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”\n- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”\n\nSecond, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:\n- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”\n- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”\n- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).\n- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”\n- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Acts\n\n1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)\n2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)\n3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)\n4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)\n5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)\n6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)\n\nLuke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.\n\n### What is the book of Acts about?\n\nThe book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Acts?\n\nThe author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the church?\n\nThe church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts\n\n### “to the same”\n\nThe phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.\n\n### “in/to/into the temple”\n\nLuke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?\n\nThe following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.\n\nFirst, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:\n- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”\n- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”\n- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”\n- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”\n\nSecond, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:\n- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”\n- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”\n- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).\n- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”\n- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. @@ -1498,9 +1498,7 @@ ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of the most similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\r\nVerses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\rIn verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unclean\n\nThe Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThe Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. -ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. -ACT 10 1 m1vx writing-background Κορνήλιος 1 Verses 1-2 give background information about **Cornelius**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army” ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “the Italian Regiment” ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” From 6fc02f0ab6d243e9410983f07ebe74fa49eab3e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:27:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b9f391bcfe..47b2d2749d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1499,7 +1499,8 @@ ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of the most similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\r\nVerses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\rIn verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unclean\n\nThe Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThe Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 10 1 x476 ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army” +ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “the Italian Regiment” ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. From e594468656beae456377f8c63979e4ec75905851 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:28:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 47b2d2749d..2ca8694ca1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1501,7 +1501,8 @@ ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\ ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ Alternate translation: “the Italian Regiment” +ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regiment people called Italian” or “the regiment whose name was Italian” or “the Italian Regiment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. @@ -3396,3 +3397,4 @@ ACT 28 28 e8hb figs-activepassive τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τ ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται 1 they also will listen This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time refused to listen to God. Alternate translation: “some of them also will listen” ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 30-31, Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. From dac33bfff81b4bfa76b0c795619f6bc069c397a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:29:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2ca8694ca1..a66e1c70e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1503,6 +1503,7 @@ ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regiment people called Italian” or “the regiment whose name was Italian” or “the Italian Regiment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. From 57bf1391c84654330eb2a8946bc10fd846d88e29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:30:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a66e1c70e6..ed8b59bd4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ ACT 7 34 x34c figs-declarative ἀποστείλω σε εἰς Αἴγυπτο ACT 7 35 x4p2 figs-litany τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν 1 General Information: Verses 35, 36, 37, and 38 contains a series of similar phrases emphasizing the role of Moses. Stephen says **This Moses**, “This one,” “This is the Moses,” and “This is the one.” If possible, use similar statements in your own translation to emphasize Moses. You may also wish to make each of these verses a separate paragraph or use formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) ACT 7 35 nv5g figs-quotesinquotes εἰπόντες, τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. See what you did in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “asking him who appointed him a ruler and a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 7 35 vuqy figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν? 1 See how you translated this rhetorical question in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “No one appointed you a ruler and a judge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 7 35 oic6 translate/figs-doublet ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν 1 See how you translated the combination of **ruler** and **judge** in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “an authority with power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 7 35 oic6 figs-doublet ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν 1 See how you translated the combination of **ruler** and **judge** in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “an authority with power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 a redeemer In this context, the word translated **redeemer** refers to someone who delivers people from earthly troubles, not someone who brings eternal salvation. Alternate translation: “a rescuer” ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου 1 with the hand of the angel who appeared to him in the bush Here, **hand** is a metonym for the capability and actions of someone. Alternate translation: “accompanied by the power of the angel” or “through the actions of the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 7 35 abc9 figs-idiom ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ 1 appeared to him See how you translated the word **appeared** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Here as well, the word does not mean that Moses simply saw this angel in a vision. Alternate translation: “who was with him at the bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a c ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regiment people called Italian” or “the regiment whose name was Italian” or “the Italian Regiment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 10 2 s6rh εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God Alternate translation: “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” +ACT 10 2 s6rh figs-doublet εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 69c43d3c1c1229088f08d004cd24ddce365ebc3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:31:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ed8b59bd4d..d97d377801 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1505,6 +1505,7 @@ ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 2 s6rh figs-doublet εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 10 2 rz4h figs-explicit εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel, attended the synagogue, prayed at regular times, and supported the needs of the Jewish community. Luke may be using the expression in this way and assuming that his readers will recognize it. Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 30e1b04d8996c65f6bfaa4001ea13bd30a81664d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:32:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d97d377801..7995ced1a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1506,8 +1506,7 @@ ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 2 s6rh figs-doublet εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 2 rz4h figs-explicit εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel, attended the synagogue, prayed at regular times, and supported the needs of the Jewish community. Luke may be using the expression in this way and assuming that his readers will recognize it. Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 2 n8i3 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. -ACT 10 2 abce τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Here, **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. +ACT 10 2 abce figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. Alternate translation: “to Jewish people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon” ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw” From b32935b0c779209826c3a88dc33daf9707ab936a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:33:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7995ced1a3..94567e8ecc 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1507,7 +1507,8 @@ ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a ACT 10 2 s6rh figs-doublet εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 2 rz4h figs-explicit εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel, attended the synagogue, prayed at regular times, and supported the needs of the Jewish community. Luke may be using the expression in this way and assuming that his readers will recognize it. Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 2 abce figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. Alternate translation: “to Jewish people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 2 imrx figs-ellipsis διὰ παντός 1 The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” See how you translated it in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “always” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all**, meaning “at all times,” is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon” ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw” ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel. From dd50bf36e59d44284668b6bbc4fd241d92226a70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 13:34:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 94567e8ecc..e2b5dfa3d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1509,7 +1509,8 @@ ACT 10 2 rz4h figs-explicit εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸ ACT 10 2 abce figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the people** refers to Jewish people who were in need. Alternate translation: “to Jewish people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 2 imrx figs-ellipsis διὰ παντός 1 The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” See how you translated it in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “always” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all**, meaning “at all times,” is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon” +ACT 10 3 up3j figs-explicit ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during his afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 3 ttsl translate-unknown ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw” ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel. ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius” From 92828e08a0771e335cb479c56f5572e55da4f57d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:06:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e2b5dfa3d1..d2383a1442 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ ACT 10 2 imrx figs-ellipsis διὰ παντός 1 The phrase **through all** i ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all**, meaning “at all times,” is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 3 up3j figs-explicit ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during his afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 3 ttsl translate-unknown ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν…φανερῶς 1 he clearly saw Alternate translation: “Cornelius clearly saw” +ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel. ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius” ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God It is implied that his gifts and **prayers** had been accepted by **God**. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2888b406bb1b2f622ba3bb4794c446ed7d9ce00b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:08:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d2383a1442..5630fd6444 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1512,7 +1512,8 @@ ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντ ACT 10 3 up3j figs-explicit ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during his afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 3 ttsl translate-unknown ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -ACT 10 4 abcf ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him Cornelius looked intently at the angel. +ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius” ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God It is implied that his gifts and **prayers** had been accepted by **God**. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. From a0e18c0b0906720ac2cfaabf6341e642f30359da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:08:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5630fd6444..9479652e60 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ ACT 10 3 ttsl translate-unknown ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, peop ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). -ACT 10 4 abcg εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Alternate translation: “Then the angel said to Cornelius” +ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God It is implied that his gifts and **prayers** had been accepted by **God**. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” From b64f9c5c8f20a84343c4c3f82f8acf2d14f6d907 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:09:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9479652e60..672a561f79 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to tran ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God It is implied that his gifts and **prayers** had been accepted by **God**. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God” From 6e8e13e9b868a803aa29c94fbd31448fccf63757 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:09:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 672a561f79..5c87121c25 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1516,6 +1516,7 @@ ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God” From ca6efe4f47ff22e29e61c04c46390274dc15cf13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:10:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5c87121c25..fc042280f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1517,6 +1517,7 @@ ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful tit ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose name is Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God” From 1d9b0c7f2dd654502045fe072719e4962dd1c06f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:14:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fc042280f4..83286d5787 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1518,7 +1518,8 @@ ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose name is Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. +ACT 10 6 hou9 figs-activepassive ξενίζεται παρά 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the guest of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. See how you translated the term in [9:43](../09/43.md). ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God” ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worshiped God and served him. @@ -3404,3 +3405,4 @@ ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται 1 they also will list ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 30-31, Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. +ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. From f334eb8c58ad3e2c75ed145ab09a654ecf081ad8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:15:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 83286d5787..4fc264b1eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1521,8 +1521,7 @@ ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 ACT 10 6 hou9 figs-activepassive ξενίζεται παρά 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the guest of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. See how you translated the term in [9:43](../09/43.md). ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” -ACT 10 7 i3x7 στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ 1 a devout soldier of those who served him This **soldier** worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. Alternate translation: “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God” -ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worshiped God and served him. +ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worships God and serves him. Alternate translation: “sincerely religious” ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 having told them everything Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers. ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 he sent them to Joppa Alternate translation: “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa” ACT 10 9 ey9n ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 Here the word **they** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). From e4357b0b43ebf8590fa6b550e730a21b9012534b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:17:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4fc264b1eb..b90a528bbe 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1522,10 +1522,8 @@ ACT 10 6 hou9 figs-activepassive ξενίζεται παρά 1 If your language ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. See how you translated the term in [9:43](../09/43.md). ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worships God and serves him. Alternate translation: “sincerely religious” -ACT 10 8 pcg2 ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 1 having told them everything Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers. -ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην 1 he sent them to Joppa Alternate translation: “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa” -ACT 10 9 ey9n ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 Here the word **they** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). -ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter. +ACT 10 8 pcg2 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα 1 having told them everything By **everything**, Luke means the details of the vision that Cornelius had. Alternate translation: “how an angel had spoken to him in a vision and what the angel had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 9 ey9n writing-pronouns ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 The demonstrative pronoun **those** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command. Alternate translation: “as the men whom Cornelius had sent were traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour Alternate translation: “at around noon” ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 went up to the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them. ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing Alternate translation: “before the people finished cooking the food” From 006164ca6bbc8fd0099e7aea34ba14a801fcd767 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:18:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b90a528bbe..70091567e8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1524,8 +1524,8 @@ ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worships God and serves him. Alternate translation: “sincerely religious” ACT 10 8 pcg2 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα 1 having told them everything By **everything**, Luke means the details of the vision that Cornelius had. Alternate translation: “how an angel had spoken to him in a vision and what the angel had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 9 ey9n writing-pronouns ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 The demonstrative pronoun **those** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command. Alternate translation: “as the men whom Cornelius had sent were traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour Alternate translation: “at around noon” -ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 went up to the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them. +ACT 10 9 tu7n translate-unknown περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at around noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 10 9 r6l8 translate-ordinal περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 went up to the housetop If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “at around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing Alternate translation: “before the people finished cooking the food” ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him Alternate translation: “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. From c168d8d838e21e7460cd6cf9ac2bbef88a8dd6a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:19:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 70091567e8..359b45c260 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1526,8 +1526,7 @@ ACT 10 8 pcg2 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα 1 having told them everything By **ev ACT 10 9 ey9n writing-pronouns ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 The demonstrative pronoun **those** refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command. Alternate translation: “as the men whom Cornelius had sent were traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 9 tu7n translate-unknown περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at around noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 9 r6l8 translate-ordinal περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 went up to the housetop If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “at around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν 1 while they were preparing Alternate translation: “before the people finished cooking the food” -ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him Alternate translation: “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 10 im7x figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him Luke speaks figuratively of this **vision** as if it were a living thing that could come onto someone. Alternate translation: “he had a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 like a large sheet … by four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners Alternate translation: “suspended by its four corners” From 7fb27b3d910196c1ad9404f546f0651b06c4e435 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:22:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 359b45c260..a572db8447 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1527,10 +1527,11 @@ ACT 10 9 ey9n writing-pronouns ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων 1 Th ACT 10 9 tu7n translate-unknown περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 at about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at around noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 9 r6l8 translate-ordinal περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 went up to the housetop If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “at around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 10 im7x figs-personification ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις 1 a vision came upon him Luke speaks figuratively of this **vision** as if it were a living thing that could come onto someone. Alternate translation: “he had a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. -ACT 10 11 u9u4 ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 like a large sheet … by four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. -ACT 10 11 jh1m τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners Alternate translation: “suspended by its four corners” -ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “every kind of animal and reptile and bird that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he sees the sky having been opened To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “And Peter saw” +ACT 10 11 u9u4 figs-activepassive τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 like a large sheet … by four corners If your language does not use the passive form **opened**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky break open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 11 jh1m figs-activepassive καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It appeared as if someone was letting it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 12 fdt3 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ 1 The word **all** is likely a generalization for emphasis, although since this was a vision, it is possible that the container Peter saw did contain every kind of these creatures. Alternate translation: “various” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. Alternate translation: “and birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all Alternate translation: “I will not do that” ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were **unclean** as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 8812f233dfd63a5c264f53f499fada3a19a93248 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:23:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a572db8447..afe81adc5d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1532,7 +1532,8 @@ ACT 10 11 u9u4 figs-activepassive τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένο ACT 10 11 jh1m figs-activepassive καθιέμενον 1 being let down by four corners If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It appeared as if someone was letting it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 12 fdt3 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ 1 The word **all** is likely a generalization for emphasis, although since this was a vision, it is possible that the container Peter saw did contain every kind of these creatures. Alternate translation: “various” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. Alternate translation: “and birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-synecdoche ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him The person speaking is not specified. The **voice** was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-personification ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard a voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 10 13 zmeg figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all Alternate translation: “I will not do that” ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were **unclean** as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 5ad6dc6809e68862e55ee562fe78a4c8ced26deb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:24:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index afe81adc5d..75921c1707 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1534,8 +1534,9 @@ ACT 10 12 fdt3 figs-hyperbole πάντα τὰ 1 The word **all** is likely a g ACT 10 12 ua3j figs-explicit καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky From Peter’s response in the next verse, the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. Alternate translation: “and birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 13 a2z4 figs-personification ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν 1 a voice came to him Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard a voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 10 13 zmeg figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  -ACT 10 14 z7r5 μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all Alternate translation: “I will not do that” -ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean It is implied that some the animals in the container were **unclean** as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 14 z7r5 figs-exclamations μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ACT 10 14 p0bf figs-doublet κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **defiled** and **unclean** mean similar things. Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defiled and unclean, like some of those animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.” ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused … about This means that **Peter** was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. From a3510b96d35ea32c32391475def31a24f67cf904 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2022 15:26:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 75921c1707..b1ec22b7be 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1537,7 +1537,8 @@ ACT 10 13 zmeg figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means tha ACT 10 14 z7r5 figs-exclamations μηδαμῶς 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ACT 10 14 p0bf figs-doublet κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **defiled** and **unclean** mean similar things. Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defiled and unclean, like some of those animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 10 15 as42 figs-personification φωνὴ πάλιν…πρὸς αὐτόν  1 The implied verb here is **came**, and so Luke is speaking once again of this **voice** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard the voice speaking to him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.” ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused … about This means that **Peter** was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. From 8dd08d4ca626fc551d84f24a288a83502cb70ca2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:10:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b1ec22b7be..5c87029c1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Acts\n\n1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)\n2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)\n3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)\n4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)\n5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)\n6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)\n\nLuke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.\n\n### What is the book of Acts about?\n\nThe book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Acts?\n\nThe author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the church?\n\nThe church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts\n\n### “to the same”\n\nThe phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.\n\n### “in/to/into the temple”\n\nLuke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?\n\nThe following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.\n\nFirst, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:\n- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”\n- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”\n- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”\n- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”\n\nSecond, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:\n- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”\n- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”\n- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).\n- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”\n- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Acts\n\n1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)\n2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)\n3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)\n4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)\n5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)\n6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)\n\nLuke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.\n\n### What is the book of Acts about?\n\nThe book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”\n\n### Who wrote the book of Acts?\n\nThe author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the church?\n\nThe church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts\n\n### “to the same”\n\nThe phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.\n\n### “in/to/into the temple”\n\nLuke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?\n\nThe following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.\n\nFirst, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:\n- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”\n- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”\n- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”\n- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”\n\nSecond, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:\n- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”\n- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”\n- Acts 10:19, “three men. Some versions read “two men” or “some men.”\n- Acts 10:30, ““Four days ago, at this hour, I was praying at the ninth {hour} in my house.” Some versions read, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.”\n- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).\n- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”\n- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. From 866f24a8eaaed6fcaf9572e9b6277fb5bd7def5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:11:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5c87029c1c..5423bcacc9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ ACT 10 2 abce figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 to the people Luke assumes that his ACT 10 2 imrx figs-ellipsis διὰ παντός 1 The phrase **through all** is an ellipsis for “through all times.” See how you translated it in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “always” or “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 praying to God through all The phrase **through all**, meaning “at all times,” is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 3 up3j figs-explicit ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during his afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 3 ttsl translate-unknown ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 10 3 ttsl figs-idiom ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). From e3eaf1f59b7599d70d87db445a3ffbc246065a9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:12:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5423bcacc9..c779047a9e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful tit ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose name is Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 6 hou9 figs-activepassive ξενίζεται παρά 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the guest of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. See how you translated the term in [9:43](../09/43.md). ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” From 260d065602665e0f1cb81466c0a07ac86a40edd9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:14:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c779047a9e..9e0f12dc78 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1539,7 +1539,8 @@ ACT 10 14 p0bf figs-doublet κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The wor ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον 1 I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defiled and unclean, like some of those animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ACT 10 15 as42 figs-personification φωνὴ πάλιν…πρὸς αὐτόν  1 The implied verb here is **came**, and so Luke is speaking once again of this **voice** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard the voice speaking to him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 10 16 rlr9 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.” +ACT 10 16 rlr9 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say “this happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused … about This means that **Peter** was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c8e3084b92f5abe37014bcab6a22ac0468429132 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:15:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9e0f12dc78..bd0da14b3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God ACT 10 15 as42 figs-personification φωνὴ πάλιν…πρὸς αὐτόν  1 The implied verb here is **came**, and so Luke is speaking once again of this **voice** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard the voice speaking to him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 10 16 rlr9 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say “this happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter was very confused … about This means that **Peter** was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. +ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν 1 Peter was very confused … about Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that” ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 having found by inquiry the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. From d21674cfd849fd7d1e5e97843f87c225eb671d84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:16:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bd0da14b3c..56fb055429 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1542,7 +1542,8 @@ ACT 10 15 as42 figs-personification φωνὴ πάλιν…πρὸς αὐτόν ACT 10 16 rlr9 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say “this happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν 1 Peter was very confused … about Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that” -ACT 10 17 n6da ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. +ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 having found by inquiry the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 they called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. From a7ea37945e15e89c4d9d5b141c6d5e08451982c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:17:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 56fb055429..35a5533e36 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1544,8 +1544,7 @@ ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν 1 Peter was very confused … about Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that” ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate It is implied that this house had a wall with a **gate** in it to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 17 h72m διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν 1 having found by inquiry the house This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. +ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate The implication is that the house of Simon the tanner had a wall around it and that there was a **gate** in the wall that people could use to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 they called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. ACT 10 19 e8ai τοῦ…Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision Alternate translation: “as Peter was still wondering about the meaning of the vision” ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” From ff375cbdb2270c437cffaa26d3d2a48c6787baff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:18:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 35a5533e36..0f5d7f4cce 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1545,7 +1545,8 @@ ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate The implication is that the house of Simon the tanner had a wall around it and that there was a **gate** in the wall that people could use to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 18 qe9d φωνήσαντες 1 they called out Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. +ACT 10 18 qe9d figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος 1 they called out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 18 r91o figs-activepassive ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 19 e8ai τοῦ…Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision Alternate translation: “as Peter was still wondering about the meaning of the vision” ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three” From 6fa8a7a5e80066e2128c60c2dcdea1f9e65a7221 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:20:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0f5d7f4cce..2d59fc70b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1547,10 +1547,8 @@ ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ το ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate The implication is that the house of Simon the tanner had a wall around it and that there was a **gate** in the wall that people could use to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 18 qe9d figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος 1 they called out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 18 r91o figs-activepassive ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 19 e8ai τοῦ…Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος 1 while … was still thinking about the vision Alternate translation: “as Peter was still wondering about the meaning of the vision” -ACT 10 19 d9q8 τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” -ACT 10 19 iqx5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three” -ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 19 iqx5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 Behold The Spirit is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention, this is important: Three men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. As the General Introduction to Acts explains, some ancient texts say “two men” or “some men.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” ACT 10 20 wx4n πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 go with them. Do not hesitate It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles. ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking Alternate translation: “I am the man you are looking for” From b911affe03c08033a5a7b2862393e4e39c64ed3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:22:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2d59fc70b2..c460ab9c97 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1549,8 +1549,9 @@ ACT 10 18 qe9d figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος 1 ACT 10 18 r91o figs-activepassive ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 19 iqx5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 Behold The Spirit is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention, this is important: Three men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. As the General Introduction to Acts explains, some ancient texts say “two men” or “some men.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 20 ym1x κατάβηθι 1 go down Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” -ACT 10 20 wx4n πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 go with them. Do not hesitate It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles. +ACT 10 20 ndju figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 20 ym1x figs-explicit κατάβηθι 1 go down The implication is that Peter is to **go down** from the roof of the house and greet the men. Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 20 wx4n figs-explicit πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 go with them. Do not hesitate It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with the men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “go with them, even though they are Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking Alternate translation: “I am the man you are looking for” ACT 10 22 i4zh οἱ…εἶπαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 91712395d74e50c51c8a34892cfea2ebf9416243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:26:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c460ab9c97..3015b3e93e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1552,10 +1552,11 @@ ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 three men are ACT 10 20 ndju figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 20 ym1x figs-explicit κατάβηθι 1 go down The implication is that Peter is to **go down** from the roof of the house and greet the men. Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 20 wx4n figs-explicit πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 go with them. Do not hesitate It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with the men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “go with them, even though they are Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 21 lj1f ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε 1 I am he whom you are seeking Alternate translation: “I am the man you are looking for” -ACT 10 22 i4zh οἱ…εἶπαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)). -ACT 10 22 baa3 figs-activepassive Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 22 wvl1 φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **fearing** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. +ACT 10 22 rva1 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ…εἶπαν, Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they told Peter that Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God and attested by the whole nation of the Jews, was directed by a holy angel to summon him to his house and to hear words from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 10 22 i4zh writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier whom Cornelius sent. Alternate translation: “The messengers from Cornelius replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 10 22 ue5z figs-synecdoche οἱ…εἶπαν 1 One of the messengers probably spoke these words on behalf of all three of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word **whole** to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests” From 2ff2b880ae1056e426247b7a5608be9948e49a1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:27:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3015b3e93e..0b4088351c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1557,6 +1557,7 @@ ACT 10 22 i4zh writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refe ACT 10 22 ue5z figs-synecdoche οἱ…εἶπαν 1 One of the messengers probably spoke these words on behalf of all three of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word **whole** to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests” From bddb3ad98996efb769a06c41d18316de3c138100 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:28:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0b4088351c..cb6904fe3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1557,8 +1557,8 @@ ACT 10 22 i4zh writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refe ACT 10 22 ue5z figs-synecdoche οἱ…εἶπαν 1 One of the messengers probably spoke these words on behalf of all three of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews This number of people is exaggerated with the word **whole** to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “about whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews Luke says **whole** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests” ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa This phrase refers to believers who lived in Joppa. From 4e5902095a3be8b62707c1da60838d1175e3e068 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:29:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cb6904fe3e..b1944adb3b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1559,6 +1559,7 @@ ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “about whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews Luke says **whole** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 22 e15o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 The messengers are using the term **words** figuratively to mean what Peter would say to Cornelius by using words. Alternate translation: “a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests” ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa This phrase refers to believers who lived in Joppa. @@ -3409,3 +3410,4 @@ ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 30-31, Luke ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. +ACT 10 22 baa3 Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8029e3473c7bcf9fa0ce7c42a8c6acc9201fa1ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:31:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b1944adb3b..8590f77932 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1560,8 +1560,8 @@ ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμεν ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “about whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews Luke says **whole** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 22 e15o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 The messengers are using the term **words** figuratively to mean what Peter would say to Cornelius by using words. Alternate translation: “a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 23 jlc7 εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. -ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them Alternate translation: “he invited them to be his guests” +ACT 10 23 shs5 figs-explicit εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them The implication is that the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But since the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to make that day, Peter invited the men into Simon’s house and hosted them there overnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 23 ycoi figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action to prepare, not that he stood up from a seated or lying position. Alternate translation: “after packing for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa This phrase refers to believers who lived in Joppa. ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 And Cornelius was waiting for them Alternate translation: “And Cornelius expected them” @@ -3410,4 +3410,3 @@ ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 30-31, Luke ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 proclaiming the kingdom of God Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 1 nfy5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. -ACT 10 22 baa3 Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ 1 Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 45ca7e9e7daa7b02fb46d80c17fb0b28552aa5dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 13:32:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8590f77932..0794ce8436 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδ ACT 10 22 e15o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 The messengers are using the term **words** figuratively to mean what Peter would say to Cornelius by using words. Alternate translation: “a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 23 shs5 figs-explicit εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them The implication is that the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But since the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to make that day, Peter invited the men into Simon’s house and hosted them there overnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 23 ycoi figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action to prepare, not that he stood up from a seated or lying position. Alternate translation: “after packing for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 23 t7cz τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa This phrase refers to believers who lived in Joppa. +ACT 10 23 t7cz figs-metaphor τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “some fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 And Cornelius was waiting for them Alternate translation: “And Cornelius expected them” ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered Alternate translation: “when Peter entered the house” From 3035a33294cba084a1f14184ef03f98e528a8171 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:12:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0794ce8436..8809f2b8ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ ACT 1 19 mxf3 translate-transliterate Ἁκελδαμάχ 1 Akeldama **Akeldama* ACT 1 20 mz13 figs-quotemarks γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Luke now resumes his quotation of what Peter said on this occasion. If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an opening quotation mark or the equivalent before this phrase. It may also be helpful to indicate explicitly that the quotation resumes here. Alternate translation: “Peter went on to say, ‘For it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 1 20 d7pk figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 it is written in the book of Psalms, ‘Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it,’ and ‘Let another take his overseership.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 it is written in the book of Psalms If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “David wrote in the book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Or you could combine the phrases if you think that would be the clearest thing to do. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” or "Let his habitation be made completely desolate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it The word **habitation** likely refers to Judas’ home and is a metaphor for his family line. Alternate translation: “May he leave no descendants, none to continue his family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 1 20 lsm2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his habitation be made desolate If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 1 20 a059 τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 Let another take his overseership The word **overseership** refers to a position of leadership and supervision. It is the same term that Paul uses for a spiritual leader in [1 Timothy 3:1](../1ti/03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Let someone else take his leadership position” From 352bc196bb8199a8ace1012364a04134bd7c2be3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:24:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8809f2b8ee..9ee6779349 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1563,8 +1563,7 @@ ACT 10 22 e15o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 The messengers are using the term ACT 10 23 shs5 figs-explicit εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν 1 he hosted them The implication is that the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But since the journey to Caesarea was too long for them to make that day, Peter invited the men into Simon’s house and hosted them there overnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 23 ycoi figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action to prepare, not that he stood up from a seated or lying position. Alternate translation: “after packing for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 23 t7cz figs-metaphor τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “some fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. -ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 And Cornelius was waiting for them Alternate translation: “And Cornelius expected them” +ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day The **next day** means the day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. Alternate translation: “on the following day” ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered Alternate translation: “when Peter entered the house” ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet He did this to honor Peter. Alternate translation: “and kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” From 91bf0cebb117314a669dea666bb04e47305c6968 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:25:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9ee6779349..39d8ad85f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1564,8 +1564,8 @@ ACT 10 23 shs5 figs-explicit εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺ ACT 10 23 ycoi figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 Here the word **arising** means that Peter took action to prepare, not that he stood up from a seated or lying position. Alternate translation: “after packing for a journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 23 t7cz figs-metaphor τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 some of the brothers who were from Joppa Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “some fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day The **next day** means the day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. Alternate translation: “on the following day” -ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered Alternate translation: “when Peter entered the house” -ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet He did this to honor Peter. Alternate translation: “and kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον +ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet He knelt down at Peter’s feet as a gesture to honor him. Alternate translation: “kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” ACT 10 27 f9x6 αὐτῷ 1 The word **him** here refers to Cornelius. ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “many Gentile people gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0a1e479942d6ce78f14a8a45e56ee8b5ebee5a71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:25:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 39d8ad85f9..050ab58328 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ ACT 10 23 t7cz figs-metaphor τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 some of the b ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day The **next day** means the day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. Alternate translation: “on the following day” ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet He knelt down at Peter’s feet as a gesture to honor him. Alternate translation: “kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” +ACT 10 26 s7n5 figs-declarative ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself Peter is using the statement form to give a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius. It may be clearer for your readers if you translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ACT 10 27 f9x6 αὐτῷ 1 The word **him** here refers to Cornelius. ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “many Gentile people gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 28 xhuo figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 Here, **You yourselves** is plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 75f0f2d16d1c01607306f36bb5cc5324dbf65183 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:27:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 050ab58328..ac941ea56b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1567,8 +1567,9 @@ ACT 10 24 c3s6 τῇ…ἐπαύριον 1 the following day The **next day** m ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 as Peter entered ὡς…ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας 1 and falling down at his feet He knelt down at Peter’s feet as a gesture to honor him. Alternate translation: “kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 10 26 s7n5 figs-declarative ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Get up! I too am a man myself Peter is using the statement form to give a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius. It may be clearer for your readers if you translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ACT 10 27 f9x6 αὐτῷ 1 The word **him** here refers to Cornelius. -ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “many Gentile people gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 27 f9x6 writing-pronouns συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ, εἰσῆλθεν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Cornelius, and the pronoun **he** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “talking with Cornelius, Peter went in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 10 27 kdva writing-pronouns εὑρίσκει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found” +ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-activepassive συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people whom Cornelius had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 28 xhuo figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 Here, **You yourselves** is plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 10 28 iyx6 ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ 1 how unlawful it is for a Jewish man This phrase refers to the requirements of the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that it is forbidden for a Jewish man” ACT 10 28 k3we ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 a foreigner Here, **foreigner** refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived. From 53e6169d8a5b4671295d1508c0e23d8837c74985 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:28:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ac941ea56b..5c73fb6fc3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1570,9 +1570,10 @@ ACT 10 26 s7n5 figs-declarative ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ACT 10 27 f9x6 writing-pronouns συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ, εἰσῆλθεν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Cornelius, and the pronoun **he** refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “talking with Cornelius, Peter went in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 27 kdva writing-pronouns εὑρίσκει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “found” ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-activepassive συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people whom Cornelius had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 28 xhuo figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 Here, **You yourselves** is plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 10 28 iyx6 ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ 1 how unlawful it is for a Jewish man This phrase refers to the requirements of the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that it is forbidden for a Jewish man” -ACT 10 28 k3we ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 a foreigner Here, **foreigner** refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived. +ACT 10 28 iyx6 figs-explicit ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ 1 how unlawful it is for a Jewish man This phrase refers to the requirements of the Jewish religious law. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish law forbids a Jewish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 28 k3we figs-explicit ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 a foreigner Here, the term **foreigner** refers to people who are not Jews. It is not a reference to where they live. Alternate translation: “a Gentile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 28 ztt0 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 10 28 tl2h figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 30 n5fs καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη 1 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is **four days ago**. Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply **praying**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From fbcab6e2d183a923845f1741ac18a8bc4705f699 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 14:31:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5c73fb6fc3..93fc570f25 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1574,6 +1574,8 @@ ACT 10 28 iyx6 figs-explicit ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ACT 10 28 k3we figs-explicit ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 a foreigner Here, the term **foreigner** refers to people who are not Jews. It is not a reference to where they live. Alternate translation: “a Gentile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 28 ztt0 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 10 28 tl2h figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 10 29 x0p4 figs-activepassive μεταπεμφθείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural]]) ACT 10 30 n5fs καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη 1 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is **four days ago**. Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply **praying**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) From a6c3e7363b0149f4bec36c7bdc7b2c7e45ab8874 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:46:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 93fc570f25..5694f0cf06 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1576,9 +1576,9 @@ ACT 10 28 ztt0 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man ACT 10 28 tl2h figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 29 x0p4 figs-activepassive μεταπεμφθείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural]]) -ACT 10 30 n5fs καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη 1 Connecting Statement: Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. -ACT 10 30 na4u ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is **four days ago**. Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” -ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants προσευχόμενος 1 praying Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply **praying**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου 1 praying As the General Introduction to Acts explains, some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 30 na4u figs-idiom ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” yesterday was the “second day,” the day before yesterday was the “third day,” and the day before that was the “fourth day” or **Four days ago**. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Three days ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 30 pkhh figs-idiom ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 Cornelius is using the term **hour** figuratively to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God. ACT 10 31 krz8 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. ACT 10 31 x6d0 figs-you σου…σου 1 Both occurrences of **your** are singular and refer to Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a6af2c11f6931384c0f5a431d4dfcefa93c4810c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:47:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5694f0cf06..6c8645963e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1579,6 +1579,8 @@ ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is pl ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου 1 praying As the General Introduction to Acts explains, some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 30 na4u figs-idiom ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” yesterday was the “second day,” the day before yesterday was the “third day,” and the day before that was the “fourth day” or **Four days ago**. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Three days ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 pkhh figs-idiom ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 Cornelius is using the term **hour** figuratively to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 30 x4m7 figs-nominaladj τὴν ἐνάτην 1 Cornelius is using the adjective **ninth** as a noun. ULT adds **hour** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 30 u1es figs-idiom τὴν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God. ACT 10 31 krz8 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. ACT 10 31 x6d0 figs-you σου…σου 1 Both occurrences of **your** are singular and refer to Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 36c9f05b60b59dfc13fe9fd590c5593d3cb0272e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:50:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6c8645963e..4675d12962 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1581,7 +1581,10 @@ ACT 10 30 na4u figs-idiom ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ag ACT 10 30 pkhh figs-idiom ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 Cornelius is using the term **hour** figuratively to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 x4m7 figs-nominaladj τὴν ἐνάτην 1 Cornelius is using the adjective **ninth** as a noun. ULT adds **hour** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 30 u1es figs-idiom τὴν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  -ACT 10 30 yy6e τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God. +ACT 10 30 p73u translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +ACT 10 30 yy6e figs-explicit τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during my usual afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  +ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 31 krz8 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. ACT 10 31 x6d0 figs-you σου…σου 1 Both occurrences of **your** are singular and refer to Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ae216e4df47379a3316303ed0b5c7e3b98e2e9eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:31:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4675d12962..9615c49bad 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ ACT 9 11 u5j8 translate-names Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα 1 a man ACT 9 11 k3ve figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ, προσεύχεται  1 The Lord says **behold** to get Ananias to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully: He is praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 12 jk46 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας 1 laying hands on him In this culture, **laying hands on** people was a symbolic way of conveying a spiritual blessing to them, as the apostles did in [6:6](../06/06.md) for the men chosen to oversee the food distribution. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “giving him a spiritual blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 9 13 quxn figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ πολλῶν  1 Ananias is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])  -ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 9 13 sh2m figs-abstractnouns ὅσα κακὰ  1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 13 la9t figs-metonymy ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 to your saints Ananias is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus, since the term means “holy ones” or “ones who are set apart.” Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who are dedicated to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 14 ptd6 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων 1 he has authority … to bind all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the chief priests have authorized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 14 gk5o figs-synecdoche δῆσαι  1 Ananias is figuratively using one part of the arrest process to represent the entire process. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ ACT 9 29 lgqe figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν ἀνελεῖν ACT 9 30 uz9a figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 30 j4mt figs-idiom κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 they brought him down to Caesarea Luke uses the phrase **brought him down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Caesarea is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “made sure he got safely to Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 30 aqn6 figs-explicit ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 sent him away to Tarsus Caesarea was a seaport, and the believers probably **sent** Saul **to Tarsus** by ship. Alternate translation: “sent him away by ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 9 31 fh2g figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “enjoyed peaceful conditions once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 9 31 fh2g figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν εἰρήνην 1 had peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enjoyed peaceful conditions once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 9 31 elq7 figs-activepassive οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη 1 being built up and going on If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could say “God” or “the Holy Spirit.” Alternate translation: “As God built it up and it journeyed” or “As the Holy Spirit built it up and it journeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 31 vx51 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομουμένη  1 Luke is speaking figuratively of the church as if it were a building that God was constructing. Alternate translation: “growing stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 9 31 j8c9 figs-metaphor πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 walking in the fear of the Lord Here, **journeying** figuratively means “living.” Alternate translation: “living in the fear of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1496,8 +1496,8 @@ ACT 9 41 b73s figs-infostructure τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρ ACT 9 41 ex8e figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους  1 Luke is using the term **saints** figuratively by association to mean believers in Jesus. See how you translated the term in [9:33](../09/33.md). Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of the most similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\r\nVerses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\rIn verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unclean\n\nThe Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThe Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. +ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of a similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- Verses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n- In verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n- In verse 24, the story brings Peter and Cornelius together.\n\n- The long sentence in verses 36-38 can be broken up into several sentences, as in the UST.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jews visiting with Gentiles\n\nThe Jews believed that they would become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against this, wanting to keep Jews from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that Jewish people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThose who were listening to Peter received the Holy Spirit even as he was speaking to them. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could believe the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 494e5ea40f43f7adf276a84408de36eda7c7e9b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:32:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9615c49bad..3db5a696d3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλ ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 5 h33i figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 6 hou9 figs-activepassive ξενίζεται παρά 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the guest of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 A **tanner** is a person who makes leather from animal skins. See how you translated the term in [9:43](../09/43.md). +ACT 10 6 bw0q translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 See how you translated the term **tanner** in [9:43](../09/43.md). ACT 10 7 g6lq ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ 1 And when the angel who spoke to him had left Alternate translation: “And when Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended” ACT 10 7 yg7g εὐσεβῆ 1 devout The adjective **devout** describes a person who worships God and serves him. Alternate translation: “sincerely religious” ACT 10 8 pcg2 figs-hyperbole ἅπαντα 1 having told them everything By **everything**, Luke means the details of the vision that Cornelius had. Alternate translation: “how an angel had spoken to him in a vision and what the angel had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From abb1468d4bc327b517b48591fc82c21844f2582e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:33:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3db5a696d3..d1e1c75ff6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ ACT 10 20 wx4n figs-explicit πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 go with the ACT 10 22 rva1 figs-quotesinquotes οἱ…εἶπαν, Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they told Peter that Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God and attested by the whole nation of the Jews, was directed by a holy angel to summon him to his house and to hear words from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 10 22 i4zh writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the two servants and the soldier whom Cornelius sent. Alternate translation: “The messengers from Cornelius replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 22 ue5z figs-synecdoche οἱ…εἶπαν 1 One of the messengers probably spoke these words on behalf of all three of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 10 22 wvl1 figs-doublet φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 fearing God The word **righteous** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a man sincerely devoted to God” or see next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 22 hrta figs-explicit ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel. Luke may be using the expression in this way. See how you translated it in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worships the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 22 hihl figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “about whom the whole nation of the Jews testifies, received instructions from a holy angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 22 gv91 figs-hyperbole ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the whole nation of the Jews Luke says **whole** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From a33df3c83ad15b23fc953b69d1742ce80af91898 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:34:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d1e1c75ff6..c098b4bd72 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ ACT 10 28 ztt0 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man ACT 10 28 tl2h figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 29 x0p4 figs-activepassive μεταπεμφθείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural]]) -ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου 1 praying As the General Introduction to Acts explains, some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου 1 praying Some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-teariants]]) ACT 10 30 na4u figs-idiom ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” yesterday was the “second day,” the day before yesterday was the “third day,” and the day before that was the “fourth day” or **Four days ago**. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Three days ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 pkhh figs-idiom ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 Cornelius is using the term **hour** figuratively to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 x4m7 figs-nominaladj τὴν ἐνάτην 1 Cornelius is using the adjective **ninth** as a noun. ULT adds **hour** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From c86413d51ace903b7e52b60a42159229e2625921 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:36:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c098b4bd72..a93cc19454 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1585,9 +1585,8 @@ ACT 10 30 p73u translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to trans ACT 10 30 yy6e figs-explicit τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during my usual afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 31 krz8 0 General Information: In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. -ACT 10 31 x6d0 figs-you σου…σου 1 Both occurrences of **your** are singular and refer to Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God This does not imply that God had forgotten. Alternate translation: “brought you to God’s attention” ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” From f47218a0a27717a907763780b4dd03ff394d28c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:37:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a93cc19454..62a7905380 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1585,8 +1585,9 @@ ACT 10 30 p73u translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to trans ACT 10 30 yy6e figs-explicit τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during my usual afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q +ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” +ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God This does not imply that God had forgotten. Alternate translation: “brought you to God’s attention” ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” From d637c406d08752b3844ae040824492643d9b4d3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:38:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 62a7905380..de17e6d2d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the te ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” -ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer and has remembered your alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God This does not imply that God had forgotten. Alternate translation: “brought you to God’s attention” ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” From a8bac55ce9a6f00ad4c00f155be79b724dda05ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:39:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index de17e6d2d5..4c2a382d2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer and has remembered your alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 31 s6nz ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God This does not imply that God had forgotten. Alternate translation: “brought you to God’s attention” +ACT 10 31 s6nz figs-idiom ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God The word **remembered** does not imply that God had forgotten about these **alms**. Rather, it means that God is aware of Cornelius’s devotion and generosity and is pleased with them. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “God is aware of your alms and is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” From ba6812d2695c715346cefa8e899561503e65836d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:39:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4c2a382d2a..e54a5b1b82 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1589,6 +1589,7 @@ ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσ ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer and has remembered your alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 31 s6nz figs-idiom ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God The word **remembered** does not imply that God had forgotten about these **alms**. Rather, it means that God is aware of Cornelius’s devotion and generosity and is pleased with them. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “God is aware of your alms and is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 31 xd0x figs-idiom ἐνώπιον 1 Here the word **before** is being used idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” From 3c3be018a6ea6daf87f02cf822eba66731bb497b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:41:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 183/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e54a5b1b82..d4d2ccb3a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1590,7 +1590,8 @@ ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, her ACT 10 31 heh3 figs-activepassive εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your prayer has been heard If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer and has remembered your alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 31 s6nz figs-idiom ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 have been remembered before God The word **remembered** does not imply that God had forgotten about these **alms**. Rather, it means that God is aware of Cornelius’s devotion and generosity and is pleased with them. See how you translated the similar expression in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “God is aware of your alms and is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 31 xd0x figs-idiom ἐνώπιον 1 Here the word **before** is being used idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 32 ci31 μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter Alternate translation: “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” +ACT 10 32 jjnn figs-quotesinquotes πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος; οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος, βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He said I should therefore send to Joppa and summon Simon who is called Peter, who was being hosted in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  +ACT 10 32 ci31 figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 3c5dd6d068b9c542034c46ecbef281f06b0962a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:41:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d4d2ccb3a8..fc9bf4ddc9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1592,6 +1592,7 @@ ACT 10 31 s6nz figs-idiom ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεο ACT 10 31 xd0x figs-idiom ἐνώπιον 1 Here the word **before** is being used idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 32 jjnn figs-quotesinquotes πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος; οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος, βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He said I should therefore send to Joppa and summon Simon who is called Peter, who was being hosted in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  ACT 10 32 ci31 figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 32 u1t6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From cc8e7c895f2f15cbd3ebde9c7394dece1f08e106 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 16:42:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fc9bf4ddc9..c1912fd0b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1593,6 +1593,7 @@ ACT 10 31 xd0x figs-idiom ἐνώπιον 1 Here the word **before** is being u ACT 10 32 jjnn figs-quotesinquotes πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος; οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος, βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He said I should therefore send to Joppa and summon Simon who is called Peter, who was being hosted in the house of Simon, a tanner, by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])  ACT 10 32 ci31 figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 32 u1t6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 32 jhzt translate-textvariants μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα…παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 Some ancient manuscripts add at the end of this verse, “When he comes, he will speak to you.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 807667070803620fc4be6b690a3b0ade9a44efc5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:18:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c1912fd0b1..61f404db63 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1594,8 +1594,8 @@ ACT 10 32 jjnn figs-quotesinquotes πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην κ ACT 10 32 ci31 figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 32 u1t6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 32 jhzt translate-textvariants μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα…παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 Some ancient manuscripts add at the end of this verse, “When he comes, he will speak to you.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 33 p5ee ἐξαυτῆς 1 immediately Alternate translation: “right away” -ACT 10 33 ruf3 σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” +ACT 10 33 p5ee figs-yousingular σέ…σύ…σοι 1 immediately The word **you** is singular in each of these instances. Even though Peter came with other believers, Cornelius is addressing Peter directly. So use the singular form of “you” in your translation if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ACT 10 33 ruf3 writing-politeness σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and we are grateful to you for coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 33 ry21 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God This refers to the presence of God. ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1242280ce6b338c534426fbe8e09f31ee9ea23c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:18:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 61f404db63..2a0c05e7f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1596,8 +1596,8 @@ ACT 10 32 u1t6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ξενίζεται 1 If your lang ACT 10 32 jhzt translate-textvariants μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα…παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 Some ancient manuscripts add at the end of this verse, “When he comes, he will speak to you.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 33 p5ee figs-yousingular σέ…σύ…σοι 1 immediately The word **you** is singular in each of these instances. Even though Peter came with other believers, Cornelius is addressing Peter directly. So use the singular form of “you” in your translation if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 10 33 ruf3 writing-politeness σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and we are grateful to you for coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 33 ry21 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God This refers to the presence of God. +ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Corneluis is using the word **we** to refer to himself and to his guests, but not to Peter and the believers who came with him, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Cornelius is using the word **before** idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said Alternate translation: “And Peter began to speak to them” From 4fe68549f2b12c6945d813730b2c398a4abfa989 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:19:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2a0c05e7f8..ee559603b1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1598,7 +1598,8 @@ ACT 10 33 p5ee figs-yousingular σέ…σύ…σοι 1 immediately The word **yo ACT 10 33 ruf3 writing-politeness σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and we are grateful to you for coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Corneluis is using the word **we** to refer to himself and to his guests, but not to Peter and the believers who came with him, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Cornelius is using the word **before** idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Instead of **instructed by the Lord**, some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said Alternate translation: “And Peter began to speak to them” ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 In truth This phrase means that what Peter is about to say is especially important. From 783ccea7febef3f9efdc8e641ec784df3abaaf56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:21:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ee559603b1..53e29470f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1600,8 +1600,7 @@ ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Corneluis is using the word **we** ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Cornelius is using the word **before** idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Instead of **instructed by the Lord**, some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 34 ku8u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. -ACT 10 34 cyn8 ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said Alternate translation: “And Peter began to speak to them” +ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 In truth This phrase means that what Peter is about to say is especially important. ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “God does not favor certain people” ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” From 0a64b20f0c7ecaf357c6e040838276f5a09f4278 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:23:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 53e29470f2..8d8d46f2fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1601,8 +1601,8 @@ ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Corneli ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Instead of **instructed by the Lord**, some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -ACT 10 34 ha31 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 In truth This phrase means that what Peter is about to say is especially important. -ACT 10 34 iii7 οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “God does not favor certain people” +ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Peter is using an idiomatic expression here that is known only from early Christian writings. It is based on the Greek translation of an Old Testament expression. When someone would bow with his face to the ground in front of a ruler to seek favor, the ruler would lift up that person’s face if he wanted to show favor. But the ruler would only do this for some people and not for others, so the expression describes favoritism. Your language may have an expression of its own that uses the face, eyes, head, or something similar to describe favoritism. If so, it would be appropriate to use it here. Otherwise, you can use a general expression to convey the meaning. Alternate translation: “God does not favor some people more than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” ACT 10 35 b5cr φοβούμενος 1 fears The word **fears** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 36 jtr3 0 Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him The long sentence in verse 36-38 can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. From fb871f4a368620955c4e6934066fe85af7c76b2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:24:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8d8d46f2fd..567065f4b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1603,8 +1603,8 @@ ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Peter is using an idiomatic expression here that is known only from early Christian writings. It is based on the Greek translation of an Old Testament expression. When someone would bow with his face to the ground in front of a ruler to seek favor, the ruler would lift up that person’s face if he wanted to show favor. But the ruler would only do this for some people and not for others, so the expression describes favoritism. Your language may have an expression of its own that uses the face, eyes, head, or something similar to describe favoritism. If so, it would be appropriate to use it here. Otherwise, you can use a general expression to convey the meaning. Alternate translation: “God does not favor some people more than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” -ACT 10 35 b5cr φοβούμενος 1 fears The word **fears** here has the sense of deep respect and awe. ACT 10 36 jtr3 0 Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him The long sentence in verse 36-38 can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 he is Lord of all Here, **all** means “all people.” ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 05a40d2e61e0d9666a9fded6e080628da8136070 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:25:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 567065f4b2..07920cba29 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Peter is using an idiomatic expression here that is known only from early Christian writings. It is based on the Greek translation of an Old Testament expression. When someone would bow with his face to the ground in front of a ruler to seek favor, the ruler would lift up that person’s face if he wanted to show favor. But the ruler would only do this for some people and not for others, so the expression describes favoritism. Your language may have an expression of its own that uses the face, eyes, head, or something similar to describe favoritism. If so, it would be appropriate to use it here. Otherwise, you can use a general expression to convey the meaning. Alternate translation: “God does not favor some people more than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” -ACT 10 35 j78e ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him Alternate translation: “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” +ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 10 36 jtr3 0 Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him The long sentence in verse 36-38 can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 he is Lord of all Here, **all** means “all people.” ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 9e0c1c86559edc89dff7c98bc8e8991762f4c46c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 07920cba29..32abff5042 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1605,8 +1605,7 @@ ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 10 36 jtr3 0 Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him The long sentence in verse 36-38 can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. -ACT 10 36 md1l οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος 1 he is Lord of all Here, **all** means “all people.” +ACT 10 36 md1l πάντων 1 he is Lord of all The word **all** could mean: (1) all people groups, both Jewish and non-Jewish. Alternate translation: “of all people, whether or not they are Jews” (2) all created things. Alternate translation: “of everything in God’s creation” ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b1879174fc881cea40c7e58e92e0e723433ca0bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:28:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 32abff5042..0e74fae719 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1605,6 +1605,9 @@ ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 10 36 aac8 figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here Peter is implicitly saying to Cornelius and his guests that they know about this **word**; he says that explicitly in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say “You know the word” in this verse as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 36 ht1z figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Peter is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God said to the Israelites by using words. Alternate translation: “The message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 36 anlh figs-metaphor τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ 1 Peter is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 36 md1l πάντων 1 he is Lord of all The word **all** could mean: (1) all people groups, both Jewish and non-Jewish. Alternate translation: “of all people, whether or not they are Jews” (2) all created things. Alternate translation: “of everything in God’s creation” ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” From 1fc209733b70f6498e242991dda233b8895a1af7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:28:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0e74fae719..74f969afd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1608,6 +1608,7 @@ ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ACT 10 36 aac8 figs-explicit τὸν λόγον 1 Here Peter is implicitly saying to Cornelius and his guests that they know about this **word**; he says that explicitly in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say “You know the word” in this verse as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 36 ht1z figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Peter is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God said to the Israelites by using words. Alternate translation: “The message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 36 anlh figs-metaphor τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ 1 Peter is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 36 ok9b figs-abstractnouns εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “proclaiming that Jesus Christ reconciles us to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 10 36 md1l πάντων 1 he is Lord of all The word **all** could mean: (1) all people groups, both Jewish and non-Jewish. Alternate translation: “of all people, whether or not they are Jews” (2) all created things. Alternate translation: “of everything in God’s creation” ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” From 5ab54bda7212056963039d1d68694c75e57cf021 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:30:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 74f969afd9..d5e3e43bae 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1610,8 +1610,9 @@ ACT 10 36 ht1z figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Peter is using the term **wor ACT 10 36 anlh figs-metaphor τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ 1 Peter is using the word **sons** figuratively to mean “descendants.” He is speaking of the Israelites, who were descendants of the patriarch Jacob, also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 36 ok9b figs-abstractnouns εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “proclaiming that Jesus Christ reconciles us to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 10 36 md1l πάντων 1 he is Lord of all The word **all** could mean: (1) all people groups, both Jewish and non-Jewish. Alternate translation: “of all people, whether or not they are Jews” (2) all created things. Alternate translation: “of everything in God’s creation” -ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” +ACT 10 37 wecw figs-metonymy ὑμεῖς οἴδατε τὸ…ῥῆμα 1 Peter is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the things that happened through the life and ministry of Jesus. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people that they should repent and he then baptized them” ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom **was with him** means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From af992548cfacc57b6dc2635d33ccaa679234bbfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:31:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d5e3e43bae..e6b0799a00 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1613,6 +1613,8 @@ ACT 10 36 md1l πάντων 1 he is Lord of all The word **all** could mean: (1 ACT 10 37 wecw figs-metonymy ὑμεῖς οἴδατε τὸ…ῥῆμα 1 Peter is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the things that happened through the life and ministry of Jesus. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 throughout all Judea Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people that they should repent and he then baptized them” +ACT 10 38 seli figs-infostructure Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 It may be helpful to put the information about God anointing before the information that it was Jesus whom God anointed. Alternate translation: “how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 10 38 p2qi figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 Peter is once again saying implicitly that Cornelius and his guests know about the things he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom **was with him** means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 6df90d14d92e69ac33f1b7c296cc2c4745650db7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:32:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e6b0799a00..c6b47508af 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ ACT 10 37 ch65 figs-hyperbole καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 th ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης 1 after the baptism that John proclaimed Alternate translation: “after John preached to the people that they should repent and he then baptized them” ACT 10 38 seli figs-infostructure Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 It may be helpful to put the information about God anointing before the information that it was Jesus whom God anointed. Alternate translation: “how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 10 38 p2qi figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 Peter is once again saying implicitly that Cornelius and his guests know about the things he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power Peter speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit and of God’s power as if they could be poured over someone like oil. Alternate translation: “God enabled him to do powerful works through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom **was with him** means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐποίησεν…ὃν…κρεμάσαντες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words **he** and **him** here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 953bc9da2299da947b4eafd7513dd19203636768 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:33:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c6b47508af..9ef5ec7068 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1616,8 +1616,9 @@ ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάν ACT 10 38 seli figs-infostructure Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 It may be helpful to put the information about God anointing before the information that it was Jesus whom God anointed. Alternate translation: “how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 10 38 p2qi figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς 1 Peter is once again saying implicitly that Cornelius and his guests know about the things he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You know how God anointed Jesus, the one from Nazareth,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power Peter speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit and of God’s power as if they could be poured over someone like oil. Alternate translation: “God enabled him to do powerful works through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom **was with him** means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 38 vuwo figs-abstractnouns εὐεργετῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good things” or “helping people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐποίησεν…ὃν…κρεμάσαντες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words **he** and **him** here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time. ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross” From 531b2f42bf7be8f63c611ea34922fed8d82d63b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:34:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9ef5ec7068..82e980d0b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύ ACT 10 38 vuwo figs-abstractnouns εὐεργετῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good things” or “helping people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἐποίησεν…ὃν…κρεμάσαντες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words **he** and **him** here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time. ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross” ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 52ebd1487feff1c820a3322c986be591706859c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:34:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 82e980d0b9..4d03a357b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ ACT 10 38 vuwo figs-abstractnouns εὐεργετῶν 1 If your language does ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time. +ACT 10 39 sx3a writing-pronouns ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν 1 in the country of the Jews The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **they** refers to the enemies of Jesus, the Jewish leaders who consipired against him and the Romans who ordered and carried out his execution. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Also, the enemies of Jesus killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross” ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day Alternate translation: “on the third day after he died” From 355822e75328f330ee1043fb7a376495a4851bfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:35:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4d03a357b7..8b98730b88 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευο ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 39 sx3a writing-pronouns ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν 1 in the country of the Jews The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **they** refers to the enemies of Jesus, the Jewish leaders who consipired against him and the Romans who ordered and carried out his execution. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Also, the enemies of Jesus killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross” +ACT 10 39 z4dt figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This expression refers to crucifixion. Peter says **tree** figuratively to mean a wooden cross. Alternate translation: “crucifying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day Alternate translation: “on the third day after he died” ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead” From 1551c8243536406c1c759cba3d3498f1218366e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 17:37:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8b98730b88..c46ceba4c7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1622,9 +1622,10 @@ ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was w ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 39 sx3a writing-pronouns ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν 1 in the country of the Jews The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **they** refers to the enemies of Jesus, the Jewish leaders who consipired against him and the Romans who ordered and carried out his execution. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Also, the enemies of Jesus killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 39 z4dt figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This expression refers to crucifixion. Peter says **tree** figuratively to mean a wooden cross. Alternate translation: “crucifying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day Alternate translation: “on the third day after he died” -ACT 10 40 iz8l ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead” +ACT 10 40 zxuk writing-pronouns τοῦτον 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised … up** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused Jesus to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 40 w8kv figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “two days after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 40 iz8l figs-activepassive ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). From 0fa99dddef66c36d6c687a70f69ec3a3723cefd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:07:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c46ceba4c7..ccd9784dc2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Corneli ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Instead of **instructed by the Lord**, some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -ACT 10 34 iii7 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 God is not one who shows partiality Peter is using an idiomatic expression here that is known only from early Christian writings. It is based on the Greek translation of an Old Testament expression. When someone would bow with his face to the ground in front of a ruler to seek favor, the ruler would lift up that person’s face if he wanted to show favor. But the ruler would only do this for some people and not for others, so the expression describes favoritism. Your language may have an expression of its own that uses the face, eyes, head, or something similar to describe favoritism. If so, it would be appropriate to use it here. Otherwise, you can use a general expression to convey the meaning. Alternate translation: “God does not favor some people more than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 10 34 iii7 προσωπολήμπτης 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “one who shows favoritism" ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 861c922f9c03f6af86f7aa631d040545f55f3fff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:14:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ccd9784dc2..6df1d8f044 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1626,7 +1626,10 @@ ACT 10 40 zxuk writing-pronouns τοῦτον 1 The demonstrative pronoun **thi ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 but God raised up this one Here, **raised … up** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused Jesus to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 40 w8kv figs-idiom τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “two days after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 40 iz8l figs-activepassive ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι 1 caused him to be seen If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “permitted many people to see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 41 q7d1 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. +ACT 10 41 nm81 figs-activepassive οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσι τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If you used an active form instead of “caused him to be seen” in the previous verse, you can adjust the language here to fit. It may be helpful to make this two new sentences. Alternate translation: “All the people did not see him, but witnesses chosen beforehand by God saw him. We who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 41 jq89 figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “by all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God chose beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ceea48459b3f120c4d0f3ba954a064afc7e25aa4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:15:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 206/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6df1d8f044..2e0c9ed9c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1629,6 +1629,7 @@ ACT 10 40 iz8l figs-activepassive ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γε ACT 10 41 nm81 figs-activepassive οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσι τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If you used an active form instead of “caused him to be seen” in the previous verse, you can adjust the language here to fit. It may be helpful to make this two new sentences. Alternate translation: “All the people did not see him, but witnesses chosen beforehand by God saw him. We who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 41 jq89 figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “by all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God chose beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 41 xlbl figs-synecdoche οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ 1 Peter is figuratively using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])  ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). From b1fb9168f0f3222cb40c6624264c1d8590d9782e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:15:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2e0c9ed9c5..d643155440 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ ACT 10 41 jq89 figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 By **the people**, Pet ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God chose beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 41 xlbl figs-synecdoche οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ 1 Peter is figuratively using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])  ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From f79eda3b454c2ee41d656d86b0746b52a27ad393 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:16:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d643155440..00c499effa 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένο ACT 10 41 xlbl figs-synecdoche οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ 1 Peter is figuratively using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])  ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). +ACT 10 42 zne5 figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ  1 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that Alternate translation: “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that” From f6dc800880be6bb49cd1b6ae02efd03b2f651b58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:17:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 00c499effa..1e33d202a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1632,8 +1632,8 @@ ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένο ACT 10 41 xlbl figs-synecdoche οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ 1 Peter is figuratively using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])  ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 10 42 zne5 figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ  1 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in [Acts 10:34](../10/34.md). -ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 42 zne5 figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ  By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Connecting Statement: By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that Alternate translation: “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that” ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 6383dfb4076f9d5d7897471185d27b444da3f744 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:19:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1e33d202a8..63c2a7b0a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1634,10 +1634,9 @@ ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is usin ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ  By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Connecting Statement: By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that Alternate translation: “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that” -ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here, **his name** refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of those who are alive and of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 43 ub5d writing-pronouns τούτῳ 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “To Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Peter is speaking figuratively of the **name** of Jesus. It could mean: (1) his actions. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (2) his authority. Alternate translation: “by his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word **fell** means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came” ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here, **all** refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. From 7390d55e703426fd2888800cbfddfe2963a6bfba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:20:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 63c2a7b0a3..1113ef155a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θε ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of those who are alive and of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 43 ub5d writing-pronouns τούτῳ 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “To Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Peter is speaking figuratively of the **name** of Jesus. It could mean: (1) his actions. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (2) his authority. Alternate translation: “by his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word **fell** means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came” +ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here, **all** refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5277b848e0d209cc971506243edf43dfb17706ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:21:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1113ef155a..6210d75e34 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the livin ACT 10 43 ub5d writing-pronouns τούτῳ 1 To this one, all the prophets bear witness that The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “To Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Peter is speaking figuratively of the **name** of Jesus. It could mean: (1) his actions. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (2) his authority. Alternate translation: “by his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q -ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here, **all** refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. +ACT 10 44 wf7u figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5a4bb5adb38a75aaebcfdea0ee0d2db2de37838f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:21:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6210d75e34..a821bcb259 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1639,6 +1639,7 @@ ACT 10 43 ub5d writing-pronouns τούτῳ 1 To this one, all the prophets bear ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Peter is speaking figuratively of the **name** of Jesus. It could mean: (1) his actions. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (2) his authority. Alternate translation: “by his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q ACT 10 44 wf7u figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 10 44 o839 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what Peter was saying by using words. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9fab29a7f2cd4d1fb0098786fcc1b51031e356ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:23:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a821bcb259..f7051b7156 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1640,8 +1640,8 @@ ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 th ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q ACT 10 44 wf7u figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 44 o839 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what Peter was saying by using words. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. -ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 45 j6wt figs-nominaladj οἱ…πιστοὶ 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was pouring out the gift of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. ACT 10 46 p6pa λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 speaking with tongues and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. From 364e275c30f5dddb0beb04dc71fed7811ba0347c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:23:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f7051b7156..cc4bc99002 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 th ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q ACT 10 44 wf7u figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 44 o839 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what Peter was saying by using words. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 45 j6wt figs-nominaladj οἱ…πιστοὶ 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 45 j6wt figs-nominaladj οἱ…πιστοὶ 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the faithful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was pouring out the gift of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. From 5c11705319b78ba7dbc2b6e4f3438fc28e8bda70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:26:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 9 ++++++--- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cc4bc99002..ba6b5c94ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1640,10 +1640,13 @@ ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 th ACT 10 44 cz7x figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if it could fall on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:16](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “all the ones listening to his word received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Q ACT 10 44 wf7u figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening While the believers who came with Peter from Joppa were also **listening** to his message, the word **all** refers to the Gentiles who were present. Alternate translation: “Cornelius and his guests, who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 44 o839 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what Peter was saying by using words. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 10 45 j6wt figs-nominaladj οἱ…πιστοὶ 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the faithful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 45 j6wt figs-nominaladj οἱ…πιστοὶ 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit Luke is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun, to mean people who have faith in Jesus. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the faithful men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 10 45 qlpu figs-metonymy ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 Luke is using the term **circumcision** figuratively by association to identify these **faithful** people as Jewish. Alternate translation: “who were Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was pouring out the gift of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. +ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out Luke is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit as if he were a liquid that could be poured on people. This image implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 45 hfs9 figs-possession ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Luke is using a possessive form to identify **the Holy Spirit** as a **gift** from God. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 10 45 f33n figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “on the Gentiles, as it had been on Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 10 45 rt18 translate-names τὰ ἔθνη 1 **Gentiles** is a name for people who are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 46 p6pa λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 speaking with tongues and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has the right to withhold water so that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received the Holy Spirit just as we did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5769775d6d6db1156c9961c14d8c68f26c088439 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 20:00:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ba6b5c94ce..1a8a64a932 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 was poured out Luke is speaki ACT 10 45 hfs9 figs-possession ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Luke is using a possessive form to identify **the Holy Spirit** as a **gift** from God. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 10 45 f33n figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “on the Gentiles, as it had been on Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 45 rt18 translate-names τὰ ἔθνη 1 **Gentiles** is a name for people who are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 10 46 p6pa λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 speaking with tongues and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. +ACT 10 46 p6pa figs-explicit λαλούντων γλώσσαις 1 speaking with tongues and praising God The implication is that at least some of these **languages** were ones that the Jews recognized and could understand, but which Cornelius and his guests had not learned. This caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Holy Spirit was giving them the ability to speak these languages. Alternate translation: “speaking in languages they had not learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has the right to withhold water so that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received the Holy Spirit just as we did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 54b2bee0108c0ec7c4e3b9a8c280ebe9f6a5a3a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 20:04:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1a8a64a932..ba55dbc07d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1648,8 +1648,11 @@ ACT 10 45 hfs9 figs-possession ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύμα ACT 10 45 f33n figs-explicit καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here, **also** refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “on the Gentiles, as it had been on Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 45 rt18 translate-names τὰ ἔθνη 1 **Gentiles** is a name for people who are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 46 p6pa figs-explicit λαλούντων γλώσσαις 1 speaking with tongues and praising God The implication is that at least some of these **languages** were ones that the Jews recognized and could understand, but which Cornelius and his guests had not learned. This caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Holy Spirit was giving them the ability to speak these languages. Alternate translation: “speaking in languages they had not learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has the right to withhold water so that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received the Holy Spirit just as we did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 47 zktm figs-doublenegatives μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he**. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Is anyone able to withhold water so that these are not baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did? Peter is using the question form to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one should withhold water so that these are not baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 10 47 vuax figs-doublenegatives μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 Even if the negative question is turned into a positive statement, a double negative still remains, the negative verb **withhold** and the negative particle **not**. This double negative can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We should make water available so that these can be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 10 47 df24 figs-synecdoche τὸ ὕδωρ 1 Peter is figuratively using **water**, one thing necessary for baptism, to signify all the means and permission necessary for baptism. Alternate translation: “the means and permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that these do not receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 48 z4fh figs-activepassive προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here, **in the name of Jesus Christ** expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a9ad6c4b2b024f6e2bd57bdfaec60f64d20e4ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: christopherrsmith Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 20:05:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/222] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ba55dbc07d..d99120a62a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1653,9 +1653,8 @@ ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦ ACT 10 47 vuax figs-doublenegatives μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? 1 Even if the negative question is turned into a positive statement, a double negative still remains, the negative verb **withhold** and the negative particle **not**. This double negative can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We should make water available so that these can be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 10 47 df24 figs-synecdoche τὸ ὕδωρ 1 Peter is figuratively using **water**, one thing necessary for baptism, to signify all the means and permission necessary for baptism. Alternate translation: “the means and permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that these do not receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. You can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 48 z4fh figs-activepassive προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here, **in the name of Jesus Christ** expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 10 48 z4fh figs-activepassive προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he commanded them to receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here, **in the name** is an idiomatic way of saying “on the basis of naming.” Peter commanded Cornelius and his guests to acknowledge Jesus as the Messiah as the basis of their baptism for the forgiveness of their sins, as described in [10:43](../10/43.md). See how you translated the similar expression in [2:48](../02/48.md). Alternate translation: “on the basis of naming Jesus as the Christ” or “upon acknowledging that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”

Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit. ACT 11 1 uw5m δὲ 1 **Now** signals the beginning of a new event in the story. ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From e68d5c9d8f61f7218c2eb129cdef03ca1a5d6dcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Mon, 1 Aug 2022 19:34:55 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 221/222] Fix Acts spacing and breaks --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 38 +++++++++++++++++++------------------- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d99120a62a..341c4e9812 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ ACT 1 19 mxf3 translate-transliterate Ἁκελδαμάχ 1 Akeldama **Akeldama* ACT 1 20 mz13 figs-quotemarks γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Luke now resumes his quotation of what Peter said on this occasion. If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an opening quotation mark or the equivalent before this phrase. It may also be helpful to indicate explicitly that the quotation resumes here. Alternate translation: “Peter went on to say, ‘For it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 1 20 d7pk figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 it is written in the book of Psalms, ‘Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it,’ and ‘Let another take his overseership.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 it is written in the book of Psalms If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “David wrote in the book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Or you could combine the phrases if you think that would be the clearest thing to do. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” or "Let his habitation be made completely desolate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Or you could combine the phrases if you think that would be the clearest thing to do. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” or “Let his habitation be made completely desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it The word **habitation** likely refers to Judas’ home and is a metaphor for his family line. Alternate translation: “May he leave no descendants, none to continue his family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 1 20 lsm2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his habitation be made desolate If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 1 20 a059 τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 Let another take his overseership The word **overseership** refers to a position of leadership and supervision. It is the same term that Paul uses for a spiritual leader in [1 Timothy 3:1](../1ti/03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Let someone else take his leadership position” @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ ACT 4 25 a296 παιδός 1 servant The believers are using the word **servant ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the nations rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles The term **nations** refers to people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit κενά 1 useless things The phrase **useless things** implicitly describes plans to oppose God, which can never succeed. Alternate translation: “ways to oppose God, which always prove useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 4 26 fb5a figs-quotesinquotes παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ This is the rest of the quotation from Psalm 2 that the believers started in [4:25](../04/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David said that the kings of the earth had taken their stand and the rulers had gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same In keeping with the conventions of Hebrew poetry, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. If the repetition might be confusing for your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth took their stand, yes, the rulers were gathered to the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word ** ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of "our" and "you"\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word "our" to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says "you," and "you" is plural. +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of “our” and “you”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word “our” to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says “you,” and “you” is plural. ACT 7 1 hy9r figs-explicit ὁ ἀρχιερεύς 1 Connecting Statement: Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 2 abc7 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 7 2 zbq0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ ACT 8 7 nz7y figs-idiom βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idio ACT 8 7 v8uj figs-activepassive πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it would be appropriate to say Jesus, since the book of Acts shows that the apostles healed people in the name of Jesus, for example, in [4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, through the power of his name, healed many who had been paralyzed and lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 8 7 imbh figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι 1 Luke is using the participle **paralyzed** as an adjective. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many who had been paralyzed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 8 7 anq3 figs-activepassive πολλοὶ…παραλελυμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “many who had paralysis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 8 s8bm grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the people in the city did as a result of the many healings that Philip performed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 8 8 s8bm grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the people in the city did as a result of the many healings that Philip performed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ACT 8 8 z5z3 figs-metonymy ἐγένετο…πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 And there was much joy in that city The phrase **that city** refers figuratively by association to the people who lived in that city. Alternate translation: “there was much joy among the people of that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 8 8 r0nz figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο…πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the people of that city rejoiced greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 8 9 jm7n writing-background ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων, προϋπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων 1 Luke is providing background information to help readers understand who Simon was and why he said and did the things Luke describes in the rest of this chapter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now there was a man named Simon who had been practicing sorcery in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1241,13 +1241,13 @@ ACT 8 11 pxj8 writing-background προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ 1 General ACT 8 12 h1hg writing-pronouns ἐπίστευσαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Samaritans. Alternate translation: “the Samaritans believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 8 12 zwoj figs-abstractnouns εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the good news that God had begun to rule and that Jesus the Messiah had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 8 12 zjh5 figs-metonymy εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority, specifically as the Messiah, as the title **Christ** indicates. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the good news that God had begun to rule and that Jesus the Messiah had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 8 12 jg1w figs-infostructure εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Since Jesus inaugurated the **kingdom of God** when he came to earth, it may be helpful to put the information about Jesus before the information about the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the gospel about the name of Jesus Christ and the kingdom of God” or “proclaiming the good news that Jesus the Messiah had come and that God had begun to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 8 12 jg1w figs-infostructure εὐαγγελιζομένῳ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Since Jesus inaugurated the **kingdom of God** when he came to earth, it may be helpful to put the information about Jesus before the information about the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “proclaiming the gospel about the name of Jesus Christ and the kingdom of God” or “proclaiming the good news that Jesus the Messiah had come and that God had begun to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 8 12 vsy8 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 they were baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 8 13 k2th figs-rpronouns ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν 1 Simon himself also believed Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Simon, who had claimed to be an embodiment of God, had believed in Jesus as the Messiah whom God sent. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “Even Simon believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 8 13 bayg ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ 1 Alternate translation: “he followed Philip around everywhere” ACT 8 13 v91t figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 having been baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after Philip baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 8 13 rnr3 figs-irony θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας 1 The word that ULT translates as **works** here is the same word that it translates as “power” in [8:10](../08/10.md). It can mean either power or works that demonstrate power. Luke is using the word to show what an ironic situation Simon is in. He claimed to be “the power … that is called Great,” but now he recognizes that **works** of power that are truly **great** are done in the name of Jesus. If your language has a word for works that demonstrate power that has the same root as its word for power, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -ACT 8 13 d4yb figs-doublet τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις 1 The terms **signs** and **works** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation, as in UST: “miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 8 13 rnr3 figs-irony θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις μεγάλας 1 The word that ULT translates as **works** here is the same word that it translates as “power” in [8:10](../08/10.md). It can mean either power or works that demonstrate power. Luke is using the word to show what an ironic situation Simon is in. He claimed to be “the power … that is called Great,” but now he recognizes that **works** of power that are truly **great** are done in the name of Jesus. If your language has a word for works that demonstrate power that has the same root as its word for power, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ACT 8 13 d4yb figs-doublet τε σημεῖα καὶ δυνάμεις 1 The terms **signs** and **works** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation, as in UST: “miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 8 14 s7lr writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story of the Samaritans becoming believers. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 8 14 lk9b figs-quotations ἀκούσαντες…ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God,’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 8 14 uwxo figs-exclamations ἀκούσαντες…ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν  1 If you decide to have a direct quotation here, you might also decide to make it an exclamation. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Samaria has received the word of God!’ sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ ACT 8 26 a18y writing-background αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος 1 This is ACT 8 27 s0yn figs-idiom ἀναστὰς, ἐπορεύθη 1 As in the previous verse, the word **arising** means that Philip took preparatory action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “he prepared for a journey and left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 8 27 xy7x writing-participants ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the word **behold** to alert his audience to a new person in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 8 27 zkc5 writing-background ἀνὴρ, Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος, δυνάστης Κανδάκης βασιλίσσης Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς, ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 This verse provides background information about this Ethiopian official and why he was travelling along this road. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence and to use a natural form for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “a man from Ethiopia. Now this man was a eunuch, an official of the Kandake, the queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all her treasure, and he had come to Jerusalem to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translatewriting-background]]) -ACT 8 27 i5zh figs-idiom ἀνὴρ, Αἰθίοψ 1 This is an idiomatic way of describing someone. Alternate translation: “a man from Ethiopia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 8 27 i5zh figs-idiom ἀνὴρ, Αἰθίοψ 1 This is an idiomatic way of describing someone. Alternate translation: “a man from Ethiopia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 8 27 s1uf translate-unknown εὐνοῦχος, δυνάστης Κανδάκης 1 a eunuch While the word **eunuch** describes a man who has been castrated, as men sometimes were who served in royal courts in the ancient world, the emphasis here is on the fact that this man was a high government official, not on his physical state. Alternate translation: “an important official in the court of the Kandake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 8 27 t5t1 translate-names Κανδάκης 1 of Candace **Kandake** was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the word Pharaoh, the title that was used for the kings of Egypt. So in your translation, make clear that it is a title rather than a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 8 27 nm48 figs-metaphor ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς 1 Luke is using a spatial metaphor when says that this man was **over** the **treasure** of the Kandake. He means that the man was responsible for it. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of her treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1363,9 +1363,9 @@ ACT 9 3 jf4g figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 as he was travel ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that Luke uses the phrase **it happened that** to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 3 dm6c αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone on him a light from heaven Alternate translation: “a light from heaven shone all around him” ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven This could mean: (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. -ACT 9 4 y4u4 figs-explicit πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 9 4 y4u4 figs-explicit πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell to the ground Saul did not fall down accidentally. This could mean: (1) that the light caused him to fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “falling to the ground stunned by the dazzling light” (2) that Saul fainted when he saw the light. Alternate translation: “falling faint because of the glorious light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις? 1 why are you persecuting me? The voice is using the question form to rebuke Saul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate its words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the rebuke in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be persecuting me.” or “stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet acknowledging that Jesus is **Lord**. He uses that title because he recognizes that he is speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” +ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε? 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul is not yet acknowledging that Jesus is **Lord**. He uses that title because he recognizes that he is speaking to someone of divine power. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use a similar term of respect. Alternate translation: “Who are you, Sir” ACT 9 5 abc0 writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ὁ 1 he The first instance of **he** stands for Saul, and the second instance of **he** stands for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Saul said … Jesus replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 9 5 q8ge εἶ…σὺ 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** here are singular. ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ ACT 9 32 w68g writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke ACT 9 32 m9sg figs-hyperbole διὰ πάντων 1 throughout the whole region Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 9 32 ad7g figs-idiom κατελθεῖν 1 to come down Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 9 32 tckc figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδα  1 Luke says **to come down** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, where Peter was living, since that city is up on a mountain. Lydda is lower in elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 9 32 g5c4 translate-names Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is the name of a city in Israel. It is located where the foothills meet the coastal plain. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and it has that name in modern Israel as well. Decide what name would be most helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 9 32 g5c4 translate-names Λύδδα 1 in Lydda **Lydda** is the name of a city in Israel. It is located where the foothills meet the coastal plain. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and it has that name in modern Israel as well. Decide what name would be most helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 9 33 hzd7 εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα 1 he found there a certain man The word **found** does not ean that Peter was intentionally searching for a certain man; he happened to meet him. Alternate translation: “there Peter happened to meet a man” ACT 9 33 jnc4 writing-participants ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν 1 a certain man named Aeneas Luke uses this sentence to introduce **Aeneas** as a new character in the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 9 33 owf3 translate-names Αἰνέαν  1 **Aeneas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a cert ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 abcd Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς 1 the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the regiment people called Italian” or “the regiment whose name was Italian” or “the Italian Regiment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 10 1 h2a4 translate-unknown Σπείρης 1 A **regiment** was a military unit consisting of six centuries or 600 soldiers. You may have a term in your languge that you can use for a unit of about this size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 10 1 e88y translate-names Ἰταλικῆς 1 **Italian** is the name of a military unit. The name indicates that although the soldiers in it were stationed in Syria, they came from Italy and thus were native Romans. This made them more reliable protection for the high-ranking Roman officials whose residence was in Caesarea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 2 s6rh figs-doublet εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 devout and fearing God The word **devout** and the phrase **fearing God** mean similar things. (In this context, the word **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe.) Luke may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “sincerely devoted to God” or see next nore for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 2 rz4h figs-explicit εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν 1 Jews in the time of the New Testament used the expression **fearing God** to describe Gentiles (non-Jews) who worshiped the God of Israel, attended the synagogue, prayed at regular times, and supported the needs of the Jewish community. Luke may be using the expression in this way and assuming that his readers will recognize it. Alternate translation: “a Gentile who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ ACT 10 3 up3j figs-explicit ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour This was th ACT 10 3 ttsl figs-idiom ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 3 z5ty translate-ordinal ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 4 abcf writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 But he stared at him The pronoun **he** stands for Cornelius, and the pronoun **him** stands for the angel. Alternate translation: “But Cornelius, staring at the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). +ACT 10 4 bd2h τί ἐστιν, κύριε 1 Cornelius uses the respectful title **lord** because he recognizes that he is speaking to a messenger from God. See how you translated the similar term in [9:5](../09/05.md). ACT 10 4 abcg writing-pronouns εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him The pronoun **he** stands for the angel, and the pronoun **him** stands for Cornelius. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to Cornelius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-metaphor αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God A **memorial offering** was the portion of an offering brought to the priests for their support that was burned on the altar as a pleasing aroma for God, to give God an occasion to remember the worshiper. The angel is using this offering figuratively to tell Cornelius that God is aware of his devotion and generosity and that God is pleased with those things. You could translate this metaphor as a simile, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Your prayers and your alms have gone up like a memorial offering before God” or “God is aware of your prayers and your alms, and he is pleased with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 4 xpa1 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **before** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “into the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ ACT 10 14 a2jj figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸ ACT 10 15 xs5s figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 What God has cleansed If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ACT 10 15 as42 figs-personification φωνὴ πάλιν…πρὸς αὐτόν  1 The implied verb here is **came**, and so Luke is speaking once again of this **voice** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to someone. Alternate translation: “he heard the voice speaking to him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 10 16 rlr9 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say “this happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν 1 Peter was very confused … about Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that” ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ ACT 10 28 k3we figs-explicit ἀλλοφύλῳ 1 a foreigner Here, the term **f ACT 10 28 ztt0 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 10 28 tl2h figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 10 29 x0p4 figs-activepassive μεταπεμφθείς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural]]) +ACT 10 29 x0v3 figs-youplural μετεπέμψασθέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Peter is speaking to everyone who has gathered in the home of Cornelius. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural]]) ACT 10 30 mqv8 translate-textvariants ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας, ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου 1 praying Some ancient texts say, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-teariants]]) ACT 10 30 na4u figs-idiom ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας 1 Four days ago In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” yesterday was the “second day,” the day before yesterday was the “third day,” and the day before that was the “fourth day” or **Four days ago**. You may wish to express this in your translation in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Three days ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 pkhh figs-idiom ταύτης τῆς ὥρας 1 Cornelius is using the term **hour** figuratively to mean a particular time. Alternate translation: “this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1594,14 +1594,14 @@ ACT 10 32 jjnn figs-quotesinquotes πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην κ ACT 10 32 ci31 figs-activepassive ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 1 summon Simon who is called Peter If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people call Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 32 u1t6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 32 jhzt translate-textvariants μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα…παρὰ θάλασσαν 1 Some ancient manuscripts add at the end of this verse, “When he comes, he will speak to you.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 10 33 p5ee figs-yousingular σέ…σύ…σοι 1 immediately The word **you** is singular in each of these instances. Even though Peter came with other believers, Cornelius is addressing Peter directly. So use the singular form of “you” in your translation if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ACT 10 33 p5ee figs-yousingular σέ…σύ…σοι 1 immediately The word **you** is singular in each of these instances. Even though Peter came with other believers, Cornelius is addressing Peter directly. So use the singular form of “you” in your translation if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 10 33 ruf3 writing-politeness σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος 1 and you did well in coming This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and we are grateful to you for coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 10 33 lzie figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Corneluis is using the word **we** to refer to himself and to his guests, but not to Peter and the believers who came with him, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 33 ry21 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Cornelius is using the word **before** idiomatically. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 33 xt4x figs-activepassive τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you have been instructed by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 33 jc88 translate-textvariants τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Instead of **instructed by the Lord**, some ancient manuscripts read “instructed by God to say.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 34 cyn8 figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας…Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν 1 And Peter opened his mouth and said It might seem that the expression **opening his mouth … said** contains redundant information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “Peter replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -ACT 10 34 iii7 προσωπολήμπτης 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “one who shows favoritism" +ACT 10 34 iii7 προσωπολήμπτης 1 God is not one who shows partiality Alternate translation: “one who shows favoritism” ACT 10 34 ha31 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός 1 In truth As the next verse shows, Peter means implicitly that God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not favor Jewish people above people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 35 b5cr ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 fears Here, **fearing** has the sense of deep respect and awe. Alternate translation: “anyone who sincerely worships him and works righteousness” ACT 10 35 j78e figs-abstractnouns ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην 1 the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” or “anyone who worships him and does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύ ACT 10 38 vuwo figs-abstractnouns εὐεργετῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “doing good things” or “helping people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil Peter says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The expression **was with him** is an idiom. See how you translated it in [7:9](../07/09.md). Alternate translation: “God was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες 1 Here, **we** refers to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 39 sx3a writing-pronouns ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν 1 in the country of the Jews The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **they** refers to the enemies of Jesus, the Jewish leaders who consipired against him and the Romans who ordered and carried out his execution. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Also, the enemies of Jesus killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 10 39 z4dt figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree This expression refers to crucifixion. Peter says **tree** figuratively to mean a wooden cross. Alternate translation: “crucifying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 10 40 zxuk writing-pronouns τοῦτον 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ ACT 10 41 jq89 figs-explicit παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 By **the people**, Pet ACT 10 41 zpyj figs-activepassive τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God chose beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 41 xlbl figs-synecdoche οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ 1 Peter is figuratively using one activity that he and the other apostles did with Jesus after he rose from the dead, eating and drinking (that is, sharing meals), to mean spending time with him personally. Alternate translation: “who spend time with him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])  ACT 10 41 q7d1 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 10 42 ik96 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles whom Jesus chose, not to Cornelius and his guests. So use the exclusive form of “us” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 10 42 zne5 figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ  By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Connecting Statement: By **the people**, Peter means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that he is the one who has been chosen by God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 of the living and the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of those who are alive and of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From a9478dfe783ab1fa71d5b3f18d056b27a256d67f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 2 Aug 2022 15:26:50 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 222/222] Corrected capitalization of "Alternate translation:" in 2 Thessalonians --- en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 52 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 5ac9e07b22..7b74ece09b 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -5,56 +5,56 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 1 1 ge00 figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)  2TH 1 1 l8q8 figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Although Paul wrote this letter, he identifies Silvanus and Timothy as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) 2TH 1 1 eajo figs-metaphor ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -2TH 1 2 g6rb translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate Translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) +2TH 1 2 g6rb translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) 2TH 1 2 bv9m figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **grace** and **peace**, you could express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])   2TH 1 3 o6v9 checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 3-12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])  -2TH 1 3 m6z5 εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε 0 General Information: Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate Translation: “We are bound always to thank” Or “We can do no other than to thank” Or “we must give thanks continually” +2TH 1 3 m6z5 εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν…πάντοτε 0 General Information: Paul is expressing here that he has a moral obligation to God to give thanks for the believers in Thessalonica. Use a natural expression for this in your language. Alternate translation: “We are bound always to thank” Or “We can do no other than to thank” Or “we must give thanks continually” 2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We ought always to give thanks to God Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2TH 1 3 o01t figs-explicit εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί 1 If your readers might misunderstand that Paul is expressing an obligation only and that he does not actually pray for the Thessalonians, you can express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We always thank God for you, brothers, as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 1 3 ezaf writing-pronouns καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate Translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])   +2TH 1 3 ezaf writing-pronouns καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 If it is difficult to express **just as it is fitting** in your language or if it is unclear what **it** refers to, consider starting a new sentence here to state it clearly. Alternate translation: “When we give thanks for you we are doing the right thing” or “Giving thanks is right for us to be doing” or “…is the right thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])   2TH 1 3 emu9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “you believe in Christ more and more” or “you increasingly trust in Christ” or “you rely on Christ more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 1 3 xy7k figs-abstractnouns πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you could express this idea as a verb. Alternate translation: “each of you sincerely loves one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 1 3 bmn6 figs-rpronouns ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here, **one another** means fellow believers. Alternate translation: “each other” or “each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here, **ourselves** is added to **we** to emphasize that even the apostle Paul and his associates are boasting about the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we are the ones who” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns) 2TH 1 4 gcth figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **endurance** and **faith** or if it is unclear how these two terms relate, you could express these same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you patiently continue to trust in Jesus” or “how you persevere in believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  -2TH 1 4 qlo9 figs-doublet ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate Translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])  -2TH 1 4 md0d figs-explicit πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you can express it more clearly. Alternate Translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  +2TH 1 4 qlo9 figs-doublet ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 The two words **persecutions** and **afflictions** are saying very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how difficult life has been for the Thessalonian believers. If two words are difficult to find in your language or if your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one word with this meaning and make the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “as you have been going through all these very difficult times” or “as people make you suffer in all the ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])  +2TH 1 4 md0d figs-explicit πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν 1 Here **faith in all your persecutions** does not mean to believe in or trust in persecutions. If your readers might be confused by that, you can express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “faith in Jesus Christ during all the times you are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  2TH 1 5 rs3b figs-activepassive ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 The **evidence** that Paul is referring to here is the faithful endurance of the Thessalonian believers while suffering persecution that he mentioned in verse 4. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Your endurance while suffering is a clear indication of God’s righteous judgment that he considers you worthy” or “Your faithfulness through persecution shows that God is just and right to consider you worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 1 5 xm2g figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε 1 Here **also** could mean: (1) The Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate Translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) The Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate Translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 1 5 xm2g figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ πάσχετε 1 Here **also** could mean: (1) The Thessalonian believers are suffering for the kingdom of God as well as being counted worthy of it. Alternate translation: “being a part of which is also the reason that you are suffering” (2) The Thessalonian believers are suffering along with other believers. Alternate translation: “which is why you are going through sufferings along with many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 1 6 cxx1 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 if indeed it is righteous for God Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is just” or “for God is certainly right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you Here, **to return** means to cause someone to experience the same thing that they did to someone else, as though the same action were bouncing back onto the people who did that action. Use a natural expression for this kind of reciprocal action. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “for God to pay back those who are afflicting you” “for God to do the same to those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2TH 1 6 zemk figs-metaphor ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to afflict those who are afflicting you” or “to trouble those who are troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you The words **and relief to you** continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). If this would not be understood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is righteous for God to give relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2TH 1 7 l3ht writing-pronouns καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate Translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  +2TH 1 7 l3ht writing-pronouns καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβομένοις, ἄνεσιν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 Here, **you who are being afflicted** refers to the Thessalonian believers, and **us** refers to Paul and his associates. Other people are afflicting both groups because of their faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “and relief to you who are being afflicted just as we are being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])  2TH 1 7 knbb figs-abstractnouns ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **relief**, you could express this idea with a verb or in another way. Alternate translation: “to relieve you” or “to rescue you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 1 7 bcxy figs-abstractnouns τοῖς θλιβομένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom other people are afflicting” or “from the affliction that others are causing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2TH 1 7 fh5g figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate Translation: ​“at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  +2TH 1 7 fh5g figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **at the revealing** is an indication of the time when the suffering believers will have relief from their suffering. Alternate translation: ​“at the time when the Lord Jesus is revealed” or “when everyone sees the Lord Jesus coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  2TH 1 8 p1ie διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **vengeance**, you could express this idea in another way. Since this is part of God’s justice, do not use a word that implies that God is doing something illegal or inappropriate. Alternate translation: “punishing the people” or “judging the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  -2TH 1 8 ynt4 figs-explicit τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate Translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2TH 1 8 gv0v figs-explicit καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate Translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate Translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  -2TH 1 8 m37v figs-idiom ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate Translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])   +2TH 1 8 ynt4 figs-explicit τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 Here, **those who have not known God** refers to those who have refused the relationship with God that he had offered to them. Alternate translation: “on those who did not want to know God” or “on those who have rejected God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 1 8 gv0v figs-explicit καὶ τοῖς μὴ ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **not obeying the gospel** could refer to: (1) the same people as **those not having known God**. Alternate translation: “and who are not obeying the gospel” (2) a separate group. Alternate translation: “and also on those who are not obeying the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])  +2TH 1 8 m37v figs-idiom ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 The phrase, **obeying the gospel** is an idiom that means to live according to everything that God tells us in the gospel message. Alternate translation: “living according to the message of the gospel” or “heeding the admonitions that are part of the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])   2TH 1 8 dkkx figs-possession τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the general possessive form **of our Lord Jesus** to describe **the gospel**. The specific meaning here is that the gospel is about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the gospel that is about our Lord Jesus” or “the gospel message that tells us about our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who are not obeying the gospel, not to the Lord Jesus. You may prefer to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Those people will pay the penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2TH 1 9 peog figs-idiom οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who will be punished by God” or “whom God will punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  2TH 1 9 ebf1 figs-idiom δίκην τίσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **pay the penalty** is an idiom meaning to suffer the consequences of doing something bad. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will suffer the consequences” or “will undergo the retribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2TH 1 9 yruv figs-abstractnouns ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 Here, **eternal destruction** further describes the **penalty** that people will experience if they refuse to “obey the gospel.” The **destruction** that these people will experience is **eternal**, that is, it never ends. Therefore, do not translate with the meaning that these people will cease to exist. They will continue to exist, but continually experience the ruin of their lives. If necessary, put this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God will punish them eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])  -2TH 1 9 qhta figs-idiom ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου  1 Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate Translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  +2TH 1 9 qhta figs-idiom ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου  1 Here, **the face of the Lord** is an idiom meaning the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “away from our Lord Jesus” or “separated from the presence of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])  2TH 1 9 htqg figs-idiom τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the possessive form is describing **power** that has **glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “glorious” to describe the **power**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])  2TH 1 9 wmdm figs-idiom τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “experiencing how magnificent and powerful he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2TH 1 10 ugk9 figs-explicit ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate Translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 1 10 ugk9 figs-explicit ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when Jesus returns to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 10 wsvb translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι 1 Here, the two verbs **to be glorified** and **to be marveled at** indicate the result of Jesus’ coming, not the purpose. Use a connector here that indicates result. Alternate translation: “as his saints glorify him and all those who have believed marvel at him” or “with the result that his saints will glorify him and all those who have believed will marvel at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2TH 1 10 z1hg translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 The **saints** and **those who have believed** are one group of people, not two. If your readers might be confused by this, you can combine these into one phrase. Alternate translation: “with the result that all of his saints, that is, the believers, will glorify him and marvel at him” or “as all of his people glorify him and marvel at him” -2TH 1 10 e56p figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate Translation: “you have believed our witness, when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +2TH 1 10 e56p figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have believed our witness, when we shared it with you” or “when we testified about the saving power of Jesus Christ, you believed what we said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) 2TH 1 11 zy14 translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὃ 1 Here, **for this** connects verse 11 to verse 10, so that verse 11 gives the means or method (prayer for the Thessalonian believers) for reaching the purpose that verse 10 has just described (for Jesus to “be glorified…and marveled at”). Use a natural way in your language for introducing this relationship. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “To this end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 2TH 1 11 ik19 figs-hyperbole καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray always for you Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -2TH 1 11 hiv9 figs-explicit τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate Translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2TH 1 11 hiv9 figs-explicit τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to belong to him and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “to appoint you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 1 11 r8gk figs-abstractnouns πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάμει 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **desire**, **goodness**, **faith**, and **power**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he may make you able to do all of the good things that you want to do because you trust in Jesus and because God is powerful” or “he may empower you to act on what you believe in order to do good things in every way that you desire because God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 1 11 c7o6 figs-ellipsis καὶ πληρώσῃ 1 Here, **and he may fulfill** adds another reason why Paul and his associates **pray always** for the Thessalonian believers. This part of the sentence assumes some of the words from earlier in the sentence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the earlier part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that he may fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 1 12 nvth translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, **so that** introduces the purpose for which Paul and his associates pray all of the things mentioned in verse 11. It is a repetition of the same purpose that was given in verse 10, using similar words. Alternate translation: “and we also pray so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])  -2TH 1 12 c6ec figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate Translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  +2TH 1 12 c6ec figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **the name of our Lord Jesus** figuratively stands for the person of the Lord Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the reputation of our Lord Jesus” or “our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])  2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that the name of our Lord Jesus might be glorified in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) The Thessalonian believers will glorify Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (2) Others will glorify Jesus because of what he has done for the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “so that people would glorify the name of our Lord Jesus because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 and you in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus might glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 1 12 l4l1 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **and you in him** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can make a complete sentence by supplying these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that you might be glorified in him” or “and so that he might glorify you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis) @@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Man of lawlessness

This person is also called “the son of destruction” and “the lawless one” in this chapter. He is not Satan, but he is empowered by Satan and is the leader of those who do Satan’s evil work in the world in the last days. He is certainly one of the “antichrists” mentioned by John (1 John 2:18) and may be the final one described as a beast in Revelation 13. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])

### Sits in the temple of God

Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 1 r36t checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 1-12, Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back and warns them about the coming man of lawlessness. A heading for this section might be, “The Man of Lawlessness” or “The Deception before Jesus Returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]]) 2TH 2 1 q1uq grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now The word translated **Now** marks a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to show that this is a new section with a different topic than the previous section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -2TH 2 1 uy4z grammar-connect-words-phrases ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate Translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -2TH 2 1 sx2f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 If it is more natural in your language, you can use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**.  Alternate Translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2TH 2 1 uy4z grammar-connect-words-phrases ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The **coming of our Lord Jesus Christ** and **our gathering to him** are two actions that happen at the same time. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “regarding the time of our Lord Jesus coming when we will be gathered together unto him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +2TH 2 1 sx2f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 If it is more natural in your language, you can use active verbs for the events of **coming** and **gathering**.  Alternate translation: “about the time when our Lord Jesus will come and gather us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 2 2 b8b2 figs-doublenegatives εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς 1 for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled The phrase **shaken in {your} mind** refers to a person’s thoughts being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate Translation: “for you to remain firm in your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -2TH 2 2 fj52 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 The phrase **to be troubled** refers to a person’s emotions being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate Translation: “ and remain peaceful when a message comes” or “and keep calm when you hear something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2TH 2 2 b8b2 figs-doublenegatives εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς 1 for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled The phrase **shaken in {your} mind** refers to a person’s thoughts being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “for you to remain firm in your thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +2TH 2 2 fj52 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 The phrase **to be troubled** refers to a person’s emotions being unsettled. You could also express this positively. Alternate translation: “ and remain peaceful when a message comes” or “and keep calm when you hear something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2TH 2 2 d334 figs-ellipsis μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “when you receive a message either by means of a spirit or by means of a spoken word or by means of a written letter that pretends to be coming from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2TH 2 2 ll80 figs-ellipsis ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate Translation: “that claims to have come from us” or “trying to deceive you that it is from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 as if that Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate Translation: “that talks as if” or “that falsely claims that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2TH 2 2 ll80 figs-ellipsis ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “that claims to have come from us” or “trying to deceive you that it is from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 as if that Paul is leaving out some words here that might be necessary in your language. If it is helpful, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “that talks as if” or “that falsely claims that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord Here, **the day of the Lord** refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers. -2TH 2 3 l9c5 μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον 0 General Information: Alternate Translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this” +2TH 2 3 l9c5 μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον 0 General Information: Alternate translation: “Do not permit anyone to fool you” or “Do not believe at all the wrong words that people are telling you about this” 2TH 2 3 ej66 figs-ellipsis ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ ἔλθῃ ἡ ἀποστασία πρῶτον 1 it may not come Here, Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “for the day of the Lord will not come unless the apostacy comes first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 2 3 y7ch figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the apostacy Here, **the apostacy** refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express it in another way. Alternate translation: “the time when many people will rebel against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness may be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man of lawlessness arrives” or “the man of lawlessness makes himself known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 4 wj33 ἀποδεικνύντα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἔστιν Θεός 1 showing that he himself is God Here, **showing that he himself is God** does not mean that this man is God, only that he is displaying himself to the world as though he were God. Alternate translation: “showing himself as God” or “attempting to demonstrate to people that he is God” 2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι, ἔτι ὢν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 Do you not remember … these things? Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to remind the Thessalonians of his teaching when he was with them previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2TH 2 5 lkk7 writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to the topics that Paul mentioned in verses 3 and 4, including the rebellion against God, the man of lawlessness, and the return of Jesus on the day of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -2TH 2 6 hph0 καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε 1 There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate Translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) It goes with **you know**. Alternate Translation: “And now you know what is restraining him” +2TH 2 6 hph0 καὶ νῦν τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε 1 There are two possibilities for understanding the function of the word **now** here. (1) It goes with **what is restraining him**. Alternate translation: “And you know what is restraining him now” or (2) It goes with **you know**. Alternate translation: “And now you know what is restraining him” 2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive τὸ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ καιρῷ 1 he is revealed in his time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proper time, when God will allow him to reveal himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 7 faa5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast γὰρ 1 Here, the word translated **For** serves to connect this sentence as a contrast to what Paul has said about **lawlessness**, starting in verse 3. Until here, Paul was talking about lawlessness in the future, but now he wants to clarify that people are already being lawless. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this contrast. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Actually,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 2TH 2 7 si9i figs-abstractnouns τὸ…μυστήριον ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness Here, **lawlessness** is characterized as a **mystery** because we cannot understand why people rebel against God’s wise instructions unless we understand the spiritual forces at work, which Paul explains here. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express them in another way. Alternate translation: “people are already mysteriously rebelling against God” or “Satan is already secretly leading people to reject God’s laws as this man will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2TH 2 7 fcu7 ὁ κατέχων 1 the one who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate Translation: “the one who has been holding him back” +2TH 2 7 fcu7 ὁ κατέχων 1 the one who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold him back or to keep him from doing what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “the one who has been holding him back” 2TH 2 7 bijc writing-pronouns γένηται 1 Here, **he** refers to the one who is restraining the man of lawlessness. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who restrains the man of lawlessness moves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2TH 2 7 tt88 writing-pronouns ἐκ μέσου γένηται 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the person who is restraining the man of lawlessness as though he were standing in front of him and blocking his path. If this does not make sense in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor or you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he stops restraining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 and then the lawless one will be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] +2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “to be some of the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] 2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth If it would be clearer in your language, you can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **through our gospel** does not mean that the gospel belongs to Paul and his companions. It refers to the gospel about Jesus that Paul and his companions preached. Alternate translation: “through the gospel that we preached to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2TH 2 14 thmh figs-explicit εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The phrase “to the acquiring of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” does not mean that we will take over or divide up the glory of Jesus Christ. It means that the believers will share in Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “so that you might share in the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “in order that you might receive glory like our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])